‘HONI SOIT QVI MAL Y PENSE’

THE MARINERS MIRROVR Wherin may playnly be seen the courses, heights, dis­tances, depths, soundings, flouds and ebs, risings of lands, rocks, sands and shoalds, with the marks for then­trings of the Harbouroughs, Havens and Ports of the greatest part of Europe: their seueral traficks and commodities: Together w th the Rules and instrumēts of NAVIGATION.

First made & set fourth in diuers exact Sea Charts, by that famous Nauigator DVKE WAGENAR of Enchuisen And now fitted with necessarie additions for the use of Englishmen by ANTHONY ASHLEY.

Heerin also may be understood the exploits lately atchiued by the right Honorable the L. ADMIRAL of Englis [...] with his Ma. ties Naui [...] and some former seruices don by that worthy Knight S r. FRA. DRAKE.

HONI SOIT QVI MAL Y PENES

CASSIS TVTIS­SIMA VIRTVS

QVAE NATVRA POTEST HATTONO CONTVLIT VNI;
ET FORT VNA DEDIT, QVAEDARE, CVNCTA, POTEST;
CERTATIM VIRTVS CVMVLVM SVPERADDIDIT ISTIS;
ANGLICA DIVA TAMEN PLVS TRIBVS VNA DEDIT.
ECQVID HABENT TANTAM SATVRNIA SECVLA DIVAM?
ECQVID HABENT TALEM TEMPORA NOSTRA VIRVM?

TO THE RIGHT HONO­RABLE SIR CHRISTOPHER HATTON KNIGHT, LORD CHAVNCELOR OF ENG­land Knight of the noble order of the Garter, and most worthy Chaunceler of the Vniuersitie of Oxford: my singuler good Lord.

RIGHT Honorable, I was longe in a strange debate with my selfe, whether it were best for me to write some thing in excuse of this slacke performance of my promise made vnto your Lordship now more then a yeare past, for the speedie translation of VVageners two bookes of Nauigation; or simplie to present it vnto your L. leauing all excuse apart, as that negligent seruant of Athens, in Plutarch, who in a cloudie day being sent home in hast for his maisters cloake, went therwith directly to Rome, from whence about a yeare after returning and watching when his maister was abroad in a great shower, came running as though he had been but then sent, & cast the cloake on his maisters backe, saying, Sat citò si satis oportunè. Though this might somwhat fit my purpose, & was verie well taken for the time as a sufficient satisfaction for the offence committed: yet in my conceite, it can not be thought but a very vndutifull and reprouable part. And therefore I choose rather (as in duetie it becometh) hum­blie to beseech your L. pardon, then to borrow any shift or colour to shadow my default: with assured hope (not­withstanding) that as I was willyng to commit the errour, in taking vppon me a matter so far beyonde my reache: So your L. wilbe pleased to giue eare vnto such honest reasons as may make way for mine excuse in your L. graue iudgement. I must then plainly and simplie confesse that I no sooner vnder-took this woork then mistook it, not considering what perfect knowledge, proper termes and peculier phrases are necessarilie and inseperablie incident to the true interpretation of any Mechanicall science, much more to this notable art of Hidrographie or Nauigation: the want whereof did driue me to reade many bookes, and to confer with such as either for their knowledge or ex­perience could any wayes further mine intent. But as it chaunceth to busie Builders desirous to excell the Modell, not forecasting such accidents as might interrupt my purpose, I was likewise much deceaued euen in the estimate of my labour, time, and charge of the compassyng of my dessein: For by reason of my dayly attendance on your L. and the rest of my Lordes of her Maiesties most Honorable priuie counsell, I was forced to take such time for this worke, as I could, by stealth, both for the translation it self, and for the ouer-seeyng of the negligent grauers: besides many o­ther my particuler and priuate lets. Howbeit I may assure, that (except som errours in the printing) there is herein performed the part of a faithfull interpretour: and (be it spoken without preiudice to the Aucthour) by the aduise of the best experienced, haue in many places amended and bettered him: Besides the fit application of the Ta­bles to the English stile and Calculation, explaned with diuers familier examples. Moreouer in most of the Plots, the Sea is purposly left in blanc, because the Traueiler, finding perchance some poynt of the Compasse, risings of Lands, Depths, Soundings, or ought els mistaken; or some Rock, Sand, or other danger left out, or not rightly ex­pressed (for nothing so perfect but hath his fault) may as he traueileth set downe and correct the same with his owne hand, as it shall best like himselfe: which doubtles wilbe no smale furtherance and contentment euen to the best Docters in this science. In this translation I haue indeuored by all meanes (which in this and all other arts ought to be vsed) to imitate the plainest stile and common manner of speeche, as easiest to be vnderstood of all sorts of men.

But concerning the goodly science of Hidrographie how worthie of all praise it is, both in it self and in respect of the fruits thereof, as it hath heretofore appeared by Histories of time and testimonies of men: so of late hath it shined most brightlie since our most famous traueilours (to their endlesse renowne and honour of their countrie) haue aduentured the discouerie of diuers vnknown coasts: and by the singuler assistance of the Almightie God, haue com­passed the Globe of the whole earth: wherby (no doubt) many excellent wits haue by their manifold experiences & ob­seruations contriued one perfect art: in so much as, me thincketh, there is ministred very great reason to prefer it be­fore all other arts or sciences whatsoeuer. For to omit those commen commendations wherewith Gorgias and Protagoras weare wont to garnish all artes, pleasant for knowledge, profitable for practise, necessarie for life: this hauing an excellent aboundance of all these, with many other rare and peculier vertues all redounding by the vse and [Page] practise thereof, to the publick benefit of the whole body of the common wealth, and eache particuler member in the same, hath been not only, as an Eliphāt, ten yeres in breeding, but euen as much time as the world hath yet stood to come to perfection. The first inuention wherof, furthered with the artificial aid of many a hidden, strange and almost super­natural deuise, since added to the same by the most studious trauillour and industrious Mathematician, He that would throughly consider, should find matter rather myraculous to wonder at, then to be thought compassable within the reach of mans Capacitie: yea he may in this as in a mirrour, behold the inestimable bountie and infinite goodnesse of God, who, of his vnspeakable loue towards man kinde, which in his secreat wisedome he had determined for the main­tenance and releef of humane societie, hath from aboue powred this excellent skill and knowledge into the mindes of men, onelie thereby to haue his wonderfull workes knowne, his praises published, and his holie name from one nation to another glorified.

But what do I seeme to enter into the perticuler praise of this art, seing things of greatest profit are set forth with least price: where the matter it self carieth credit, the man with his comment gaineth smale commendation. It should be therfore, me thinketh, a greater shew of a pregnant wit then perfect iudgement, with affected eloquence to commend this art, or to expresse how necessarie the perfect knowledge therof were for all nations.

Yet if this peereles misterie be of such excellent desert, and high accompt to al the rest of the world, it must needs be most beneficiall and acceptable vnto this our natiue countrie, not only for that it is an Island, and that, one of the most famous in all the world, liyng, as it weare a Triangle, in the great Ocean, enuironed with most dangerous waues, Races, Sands, Rocks and Shoalds; and hauing a people naturally apt and geuen to Seafaring: Besides many other necessarie and politicall reasons: But for that it is the holy Sanctuarie, and (almost) only refuge for the afflicted: & the blessed seat of her Sacred Maiestie: whose incomparable and diuine vertue, the enemies of God and man do most maliciously enuie: and incessantly seek by all diuelish deuises & practises whatsoeuer to bereaue vs of, as of a most pre­cious Iuell; which all true Christians esteeme of far greater worth and valew, then all the Indian riches.

Wherefore I cannot but perswade my self, but as their raging mallice doth daylie increase and come to height, so the means of our defence in this skill shall still be multiplied. And albeit your L. commandment and charge geuen me to translate these books, hath manifested your zeale and affection for this common good: yet in mine opinion it hath more highly commended and aduaunced the work it self, in that your Honorable approbation hath credited and au­ctorized it. For if the Geometritians triumph, of that Oracle which Appollo gaue to the inhabitants of Delos, as­king counsell at his mouth for remedie of their plague: that they should double his cubick Altar: which Plato con­strued, that they must studie Geometrie: How much more ought all such as trauaill by Sea, and especially our Eng­lish Mariners, reioyce and resolue them-selues of the worthinesse of this woork: and hereby (no doubt) haue no lesse cause dulie and daylie to pray for you by sea, then an infinit number of others her Maiesties good subiects, for your bountie, pietie, and Iustice vprightly ministred do zealously by lande.

As for the vnskilfulnesse in handling hereof, I haue no other meanes to couer it, but as the Poet Accius did his shortnes, who being a person of a verie lowe stature, pourtraied for himself a verie tall picture: so I, being but of smale desert, haue gotten me a most honorable & worthy patron. Following herein Teucer, who thought himself salf vnder the shield of Aiax: protesting, that, as by the daily most comfortable testimonies of your especiall fauour and goodnes towards mee, I am aboue all men liuing most bounden to you. So do I acknowledge mee your onlie owne, and do vtterly disclayme of any maner interest in my self: which, with this; and ought els within the compasse of my litle power whatsoeuer; I humblie offer vp vnto your L. as a pledge of my most dewtifull and faithful affection to you & yours. And thus all together vnable to satisfie my self in sufficiently expressing my thankfull minde and loyall hart, with my feruent prayer I commit the rest to be supplied by the giuer of all goodnesse, whom I most humbly beseeche bountifully to reward your L. with increase of Honour and all happines, in this world, and after a longe race heroi­cally run, a crowne of euerlasting honour.

Your L. most Bounden and Deuoted. A: Ashley.

THE AVTHORS ADMONITION TO THE READER.

FReendly Reader, forasmuch as all skilfull and experienced in the art of Nauigation, do well know, that certein of the sandy coastes and shoares, as also diuerse mouthes & entries of riuers, aswell of Holland and Frizeland, as of Yutland (which in old time was called Cimbrica Chersonesus) and of other countries, are moueable, & haue not alwaies their being in one self place, as in these Tables or Chartes, rightly, fitly & faithfully they are set down: I could do no lesse then ad­monish the thereof, that thou mightest diligently obserue and marke them by these Mappes, as thinges most necessarie to be regarded. For it is perfectly knowen to all Pilots and Masters, that, by force of tempests and violence of boisterous windes, huge heaps of sand are so dispersed, that at length they are made euen with the plaine Sea-shore. VVhich Keteldune of North Holland, the yle Busk or Corensand, lying betwixt Lawers and Scilla, neere the shore of East Frizland, and the better part of Ameland in this our age, do most euidently & certeinly bewray. For these Sand-hils are in such sort blowen abroad and scattered, that at this day they can scarcely be perceaued, nay they do scant differ in shew from the plaine low shore: especially Buske or the Isle of Corensand, which hath been so notably metamorphosed, that in a raging and wrought sea it is quite ouerflowen at an high water. In like maner all Ma­sters and Pilots do vnderstand, that, by force and violence of outragious stormes (which cause most mighty and ouerth­wart billowes) diuerse sandy entraunces and Chanels of the Sea alongst the foresayd coastes, are sometimes choaked with sandes, and sometimes do shift their seate. VVherfore by the lawe of the Sea, such places are expresly forbidden to bee en­tered without sounding: and therefore they are called VVaters of Pilotage. I haue obserued and marked these strange chaunges of late yeres, both in the Maze and elswhere: and therfore do find this most true, that for the former causes, many hauens are decayed, and many are altered, as the olde Ripe-deep in Yutland doth sufficiently manifest the same: which hauing had his chanell heretofore betweene Rim and Manu, hath it now welneere two leagues more Northward betweene Manu & Fanu. But these onely may suffice for examples sake. And although all these and such like alterations, which haue hitherto beene found, are with great care faithfully corrected and reformed by me in the pourtraicts and descriptions of these Sea-Cardes: yet could I not omit this my well meaning and sincere admonition for two causes: First, that by these ex­amples thou mightest vnderstand, that vpon the like causes, the like chaunges may happen: next that the vnskilfull and especially the enuious backbiter and carper, may haue no matter to cauill, nor occasion to carp: seeing that things to come, and vncerteine, can by no meanes possible, bee perfectly described. And for that it is but too apparant, how much euell speach, hatred and enuy preuayle in this our wretched age. I haue thought good to rehearse briefly in this place the beginning and progresse of this my labour. First I endeuoured by all my studie, paines, diligence and care to draw the generall Sea-Cardes, and the other particuler plots, exactly and faithfully, (as became mee) and in the most faultlesse forme that I could: because on them both the liues and goods of such as traficke and trauill by Sea do depend. VVhereby it came to passe, that many yeres since (be it spoken without enuie) they haue been so highly accoumpted of: that I was ear­nestly required and oftentimes importuned, of diuerse skilfull Pilots and Masters in these countries, besides many princi­pall and rich Marchants, and owners of ships, to print and publish the same, for the furderance of salfer sea-faring, & the be­hoofe and benefit of the inhabitants of Holland, Zealand and Frizland, which most of all vse traffique by Sea. At that time for many causes, I yeelded not to their requests: specially for that my meane abilitie was not sufficient to defray so great expēse. But at length, ouercome by the importunat suite of Mariners, Masters, and Marchants: but chiefly by reason of my sincere loue and affection towards the commonweal, and posteritie: with the continuall instance and exhortation of many per­sons, of qualitie & iudgemēt which egged me on, and, both with promises and performance, holpe & furthered the worke: I set vpon it with a cheerefull minde, and incessant labour: And printed the first part of this Mariners Mirrour, which con­teineth the whole western Nauigation, to wit, of the coastes of Fraunce, England, Ireland, Scotland, Spaine, Portugall &c. & pu­blished it in the yere of our Lord. 1583. being dedicated to the most famous Prince of Orenge of happy Memorie, who tooke no small delight therin: and of his great bountie bestowed large allowance towards the finishing of the worke begun. VVherefore presently I betooke my selfe to the second part: beyng aduertised in the meane time, by the skilfullest Pi­lotes, Masters, and Mariners, with how great commendation the first part was receiued, and how profitable it was found, for all such as trauayle by Sea: which I leaue to bee remembred of others.

Moreouer I was enformed by many Pilots of good credit, with how great good-liking these Sea-Cardes were recea­ued in many other countries & kingdoms: namely by these most famous and learned men Io. Dowza Baron of Nortwick, and M. Doctor Maelson who this last yeare were Embassadours for the States of the vnited Prouinces of the low countries, vn­to the most renowmed Queene of England: where a booke of these Sea-cardes was presented at the Counsell table, by the moste Noble Lorde, My Lorde Charles Howard, Baron of Effingham, Lorde Admirall of England, and was esteemed by the chief personages of that graue Counsell, worthy to be translated and Printed into a language familiar to all Nations, that it might bee both read and vnderstood of all. VVherefore from that time, I purposed with my selfe, to performe the same, assoone as I might. Shortly after I printed and published th'other part of this MIRROƲR, which cōprehendeth the whole Nauigation of the German, Scottish and North Ocean, as also of the Northeast and Baltik Sea. This I dedicated to the States of Holland and Westfrizland, who gratiously and thankefully receauing it, rewarded mee with such recompence as whilest I liue I shall neuer be able to deserue. This encouraged mee, vpon the former reasons, to procure, that the descriptions of these Cardes might be translated into Latine: to th'end, that, al nations, which vnderstand that language, might reape both profit and pleasure out of the same: hoping that it will be very profitable vnto all those which are studious in the knowledge of Nauigation, and no lesse acceptable to al courteous readers, who may take likyng therof & accept of this my labour in thankefull manner.

Farewell,

OPERIS COMMENDATIO.

PRIMVS inexpertis nauim qui credidit Austris
Tiphys, & ignotis remos lentauit in vndis,
Saepe vado illisam confregit in aequore puppim;
Saepe errore viae, vel tempestatibus actus
Praecipiti prensas amisit turbine naues.
Permare securi vitam nunc quaerite Nautae.
Tutum iter, ac placidos vobis dant aequora cursus,
Auspicio liquido: notis iam vela licebit
Portubus insinuare: imi iam forma profundi,
Et vada se tangi patiuntur lumine claro:
Ingenio tota ista tuo laus debita & arti,
Gnaue AVRIGARI, qui tam bene direxisti
Per freta morigero volitantem flamine currum,
Quàm si vsurpatum manibusque & poplite vtroque
Oceani fundum ac breuia omnia perreptasses.
Quinetiam, ne quid pelagi scrutator Eoi,
Aut Aquilonaris desideret; è mare sese
Vt quaeque ostendat regio procul, ostendisti.
Clarius in SPECVLO nec se Venus ipsa tuetur,
Tota in charteolo quàm sese hîc aequore Tethys.
Macte, ô, Nereïdum thalamos qui intrare repostos,
Ausus, & attonitas trahere ad spectacula phocas,
Delphinumque subire domos. tibi caerula Prothêi
Alludunt armenta; tuis Matuta gubernis
Summittit fasces; te prono gurgite Doris
Et mulcet rauco Tritonia buccina cantu;
*Squammigenis vix nota Tesce Colao. COL â dum certius ipso
Exploras adyta, ac Tethydis secreta recludis.
Quò mihi Cymmerios, & subterranea Regna
Damnatos (que) geli scopulos, duce MAGELLANO,
Visere, & intactos Austri penetrare recessus?
Quò Stygios tentare Lacus? Apage Argonautas
Hesperios: satis, extremâ, mî, haerere Celocis
Parte tuae; satis est, Tabulas ex ordine pictas
Spectantem, Arctoi posituram discere Nereî,
Et nosti conuexa Poli. Quis nouit? an olim
RIPHAEI hinc quoque se retegant, LVCA indice, MONTES
Pacatos vbi HYPERBOREOS videamus, Iberas
Quò necdum vlla rates Cynosura aut Linea duxit.

THE SAME ENGLISHED IN PRAYSE OF THE VVOORK.

TIphis, who first set sayle to the windes which blasted yet vntried,
And first bended his oares, in streams which waued yet vnknown▪
Oft did he bruze his keele, on shoalds, and oft vpon hard rockes,
Oft by the course not kept, or mayn-storme mightily driuing,
VVith furious whirlewinds, his ships made wrack in a tempest.
Now Mariners henceforth at Sea may ye liue very carelesse,
For that a saulfe iourney cleered from daungerous extreames,
Is for ye prepared. For now may ye into good harbour
Hale euen at pleasure now doth lo the forme othe mayn-deepe,
And all shoalds proffer themselues to be cleerly beholden.
All this prayse is dew to thy witt, to thy paines, to thy charges,
Ingenious VVagener, which hast so worthily guyded,
That VVagon on Mayn-sea which winds cause flie to the compasse:
As if vpon thy both hands and knees with curious insight
Strongly thy selfe hadst crept, and searcht out th' Ocean althrough.
Moreouer vnlesse that perauenture a Searcher of East-seas,
Or Northren passage, should want any thing that he searcheth:
Thou shewst each Region farr of, what sort it ariseth.
Nor Venus in Mirrour could view her selfe any cleerer,
Then Tethys in this Glasse may well discerne her apeeraunce:
Hold on amayn valiant courage with vertue auanced,
Thou that durst the secreat closet of Seagoddeses enter,
And draw th'astonished Sea-calues to the gaze to behold thee.
And lodge with Dolphins in the deep: thee th'azured whole skulls
Of Proteus pasture reuerence: Matuta the Sea-queene,
Yeelds thee vp her Regiment: Lady Doris stoopes lo thy handmayd,
Neptunes Musicien studieth with his horne to delight thee:
VVhiles thou a more certein searcher then Cola the straunge-fish
Searchest out th'entries scant known to the Meyny o fishes,
And openest th'hidden secreats of th'old Lady Tethys.
VVhat profit in searching darke realms, sited vnder horizon:
And Rocks condemned to be pincht with a frost neuer ending:
Or to go with Magelan to the South sea passages vtmost.
VVhat profit in Styx lake? Ile none of your Argos auenturs
VVestern discouerers: tis enough for mee t'haue a corner
In this swift carauell to behold these Tables in order:
And learne how Northern Nereus hath spred many braunches.
And what in our regiōs th'heights are: who knows whither oneday
This Lukes discouerie shall rayze those Riphean hil-topps
Where the Hyperborean long-liud people are to be found out:
Though thither yet no star, nor lead, hath led any Spaignard.

A NOTE OF CERTEIN WONDERFVL and most dangerous places in the Sea, which Wagenar hath set downe in his Epistle to the Prince of Orenge.

AMonge the merueilous workes, that the Almighty God hath created both vppon and in the Sea, by, and alongst all coastes: besides all other dangers whervnto the sea-faryng men are sub­iect, as tempests, stormes, windes, sandes, rockes, &c: there are certeine places, where the waues and flouds, do so encounter each other, and engoulph them-selues with such violence and swift­nesse, that many shippes, men and goods haue been cast away er they were ware of them. The principall & most perillous of all, is the Maelstreame, well or Slorp, called the Mouskstream, which lieth on the back side of Norvvay, in 68. degrees on the North-side of an Island or Rock called VVeeray. This well dra­weth the water vnto it selfe duryng the whole floud (which is the space of sixe howers and .xij. minuts) with such an indraught and force, and with such a noyse, thorow the tombling & falling of the waues and streames the one vppon the other that it is rather to wonder at then to write of. So that during that time, with in the space of more then two leagues rounde about that Rock of Mousk (vnder which that water floweth) no ship or other vessell may come neare, for they should to their vtter destruction be drawen into it & swallowed vp. But all the time of the Ebbe, the water is so strongly cast vp agayne, that no kinde of substance or met­tell, how heauy so euer it bee, can there sincke. So that the Northren Fishers at that time do with their Iollen or fishing boates, take many and strange formed fishes, which they draw vnto their boates with hookes & lines, which they haue ready layde for that purpose: for that, during the ebbe, they cannot returne into the goulphe, nor get vnder the water by any meanes.

The Northren people that inhabite about those Rockes, do thinke, that that streame passeth away vnderneath a parte of Norvvay vnto the North bottom in East Finland: because in that place there is likewise such a Maelstream, though not al­gether so strong nor daungerous: where the like fishes are taken and the water is in like sorte troublesom, as it is vnderneath and aboute the Rock of Mousk.

VVheruppon many experimented Pilots, do call the sayd Slorp the Nauell of the sea: which causeth the course of the Ebbes and Flouds about al the lands that are on this Northside of the Equinoctiall, as the most conuement place for that pur­pose to spreade the waters South, North, East and west, that is to say, Norther­ly towardes the Pole Artick: South easterly on the backside of Russia and Tartarie, to­wardes the streict of the great South-sea called Mar del Sur: wherin the Spicerie Islands called the Moluccas, neare the Equinoctiall are liyng: Southwards, to­wards the North-sea of these Lowe countries: as also on the backside of Scotland, and Ireland, towards the Spanish and Atlantick seas: And towards the Northwest be­yonde Izland towardes Furbushers streicts, where it is thought the way vnto Catay may be found.

There are more ouer to be feared vpon the western seas very dangerous strea­mes and goulphs, as is the Ras of Portland, where oft times happeneth such a tur­nyng and tombling of waues and streames, that the Ships which passe that way are many times in great perill.

Moreouer the Ras of Blancquert between Normandie and the Isle of Alderney, roreth and rageth so dangerously, that many ships fal therin hedlong so deep, that sod­denly they are swalowed vp and sunck vnto the very bottom.

The Ras of Founteney is more daungerous then all these, wherin many smale ves­sels & barks of Britteny & of other countries are suddenly deuoured and cast away. And the entrance of y e Garronne, called the Riuer of Bourdeaux, between the to w rs of Cordam and the Southern & Northern Asses, is likewise very perilous and many ships do often perish there, if the Pilots be not skilfull & well acqueinted with the place. And these be the most daungerous goulphs and streames in the northern and western seas, wherof it behoueth the seafaryng man to take speciall heede.

❧A TABLE OF THE SEVERAL CHAPTERS, DESCRIPTIONS AND CHARTS OF THE FIRST parte of this Mariners Mirrour.

  • OF the vse and practise of these bookes. Page. 1
  • Of the speciall propertie of the sea. Page. 2
  • An exhortation to the apprentizes of the art of Nauigation. Page. 3
  • A table of the golden number and of the Epacts. Page. 4
  • How to finde the Epact without an Almenack. Page. 4
  • How to finde the new Moone from 1588. to 1600 Page. 4
  • A table for the new Moones for the Meridian of London. Page. 5
  • A way to finde out y e new Moone without either Callender or Ephemerides. Page. 6
  • Of the declination of the Sunne & the vse therof Page. 6
  • Of the vse of the Table for the Sunnes declina: Page. 7
  • The 4. tables for the Sunnes declination. Page. 8
  • To finde out the new Moone and the age of the Moone at all times, accordyng to the auncient computation, without either Kalender or Ephe­merides. Page. 9
  • Of the fixed Starres and their vse. Page. 11
  • A Catalogue of the chief fixed starres. Page. 12
  • A table of the right assentions of the Sunne, to finde out the howers of the night by the moone. Page. 14
  • Certein fixed starres that best fit the Crosse staff. Page. 14
  • A way to finde out the height of the Pole, by the starres which are within the Tropicks decli­ning from the Aequinoctiall. Page. 15
  • A declaration of the instrument folowyng. Page. 16
  • Of the makyng of al manner of sea crosse staues. Page. 18
  • The makyng of a Crosse-staff for sundry South Starres. Page. 18
  • How to make and vse a true and perfect Sea-Charte. Page. 20
  • THE courses and distances of all the Sea coasts of Holand, Zeland, Fraunce and Spayne. Page. 22
  • The courses of England, Ireland and Scotland. Page. 22
  • Diuers and sundry courses ouer the Western seas Page. 23
  • The courses of Norway, Swedland, and East Finland. Page. 23
  • Diuers courses ouer the Baltick or Eastern sea. Page. 23
  • The courses of Frizeland, Yutland, Pomerland, Curland, and Lyfland. Page. 24
  • The courses on the backside of Moscouie and ge­nerally of all our traficks. Page. 24
  • A table of the Altitudes, or Latitudes of the Pole of the most famous places, points, and capes. Page. 25
  • An explication of the common table of the tides. Page. 26
  • VVhat Moone maketh full Sea vpon the coastes of Yutland, Frizeland, Holland, and Zealand. Page. 26
  • Full sea vpon the coasts of Flaunders, Normandie, Britain, Gascoyn, Biscay, Gallicia, Portugall, and Spayne. Page. 26
  • Full sea vpon all the coasts of England, Scotland, and Ireland. Page. 26
  • An instruction to know how many leagues you sayle vpon euery point of y e compas for a degree. Page. 27
  • A declaration of the table followyng. Page. 27
  • The compas and table of the ebbyng and flow­ing of the Sea. Page. 27
  • A compas, and table to finde out the Tides of all coastes. Page. 27
  • A declaration of the table which conteineth all the full seas & fallyng waters vpon the same poynt of the Compas. Page. 29
  • The perfect table or tide Chart. Page. 30
  • The ebbs and fallyng waters a-longst the coasts of Frizeland, Holland, Zeland, and Flaunders. Page. 32
  • Falling water a-longst the North coasts of Scot­land, and England. Page. 32
  • Falling water between Brittain and Fraunce. Page. 32
  • Falling water a-longst the west coasts of England and Ireland. Page. 32
  • A perfect description of the depths and soundings nere to diuers prouinces of our Nauigation. Page. 33
  • A discription of the soundings and grounds, be­tween Ireland, England, and Normandy. Page. 34
  • A discription of the depths of the North Seas from the North Foreland. Page. 35
  • The depth of the North Ocean neare Yutland and Ameland. Page. 35
  • The soundyngs and grounds of Yutland, neare the Schagen or Scaw. Page. 36
  • The depths and grounds of the Baltic or Eastern sea. Page. 36
The Plots or Sea Charts.
  • A Discription and generall sea Chart of all the coasts of the greatest part of Europe. Page. 1
  • Of the forme and fashion of Buys, Beakons, and other markes. Page. 1
  • Of the Vlie and the Maersdeepe. Page. 2
  • Of the Maze, the Goere, and the Vere. Page. 3
  • Of the sea coasts of Flaunders. Page. 4
  • Of the Isles of Alderney, Garnzey and Iersey, and the Quasquets &c. Page. 5
  • Of the sea coasts between S. Mallos, and beyond the port of Roscou. Page. 6
  • Of Conquet, Brest and Fontenay. Page. 7
  • The wonderfull coasts of Britayn.
  • Of the South coasts of Britayn, between Blauet and Picquelier, with Bellisle and Groy. Page. 8
  • Of the sea coasts of Picquelier, Rochel, Brouage as far as the Riuer of Bourdeaux. Page. 9
  • Of the sea coasts of Acason, Bayon, and the Ea­stern part of Biscay vnto Castro. Page. 10
  • Of the sea costs between Laredo and Sentilliana. Page. 11
  • Of the sea coasts between Rio de Sella, and Auiles. Page. 12
  • Of the sea coasts of Ribadeos, Biuiero and Luarca. Page. 13
  • Of Corunna called the Groyn, Ferolis and Monsy, the cheifest Ports of Gallicia. Page. 14
  • Of the coasts of Gallicia, from the Cape of Finis­terre to Camino. Page. 15
  • Of the sea coasts of the North parts of Portugal, from Viana, to Cape de Montego. Page. 16
  • Of the sea coasts of the most notable part of Por­tugal, viz. from the Burlings to beyond S. Yues. Page. 17
  • Of the sea coasts of Algarbes the Southern part of Portugall. Page. 18
  • Of the sea coasts and hauens of Andaluzia. Page. 19
  • Of the sea coasts from the Surlings y e farthest part of England to Plimmouth. Page. 20
  • Of the sea coasts of England, between Plimmouth and Portland. Page. 21
  • Of the sea coasts between the Isle of Wight and Douer. Page. 22

THE TABLE OF THE SECOND PART.

  • OF the Thames mouth with al the sands & shoalds vnto Harwic [...]. I
  • The North coasts of England between walderswick and Burnam. II
  • The coasts and Channels of Lyn, Hull, Fyly and Scharborough., III
  • Of the Northermost coasts of England from Scharborough to Newcastell. IIII
  • The sea coasts between Bambourgh and Aberdein. V
  • Of the Southermost part of Norway & the coastes adioynyng. VI
  • Of the Northern parts of the East sea coasts of Norway, and the coasts adioy­nyng. VII
  • Of the North-east countries, where the Maelstrand is the chiefest Port. VIII
  • Of the principallest part of Denmark, wher­in standeth Copen-hauen. IX
  • Of Bleckside and Calmer-sound at the en­trance of Swed-land! X
  • Of VVesterwick about the Mount of the Swethish Yunckfrow the beginning of the Shares. XI
  • [...]he Sea coasts between wyburgh and the Narue, the farthest part of the Belt. XII
  • Of Lyfland about Reuell and Moonsound, and of the coasts adioynyng. XIII
  • Of Righ and Parnout, and of the Islands adioynyng. XIIII
  • Of the Isle of Oesel liyng between the Belt and the Bay of Righ. XV
  • Of Prusland wherof Dantzick is the chei­fest Mart. XVI
  • Of the coasts of Pomerland and the coun­tries adioynyng. XVII
  • Of the New-deep that stretcheth vp to Statin and Mesound: and the sea coasts of Metellenburgh, Lubick, the Belt, Green-sound, Moon, &c. XVIII
  • Of the Belt and all the Islands, Rocks, and Shoalds, between Lalands riff and Steuens head. XIX
  • The vttermost coasts of Yutland opposit to Norway. XX
  • Of the sea coasts of Yutland, with the Islands thervnto belongyng. XXI
  • Of Iderst, Ditmers, and the sea coasts ad­ioynyng. XXII
  • Of the sea coasts of Fryzland, with the Riuers of VVeser and Emes, and of Schalbalch. XXIII

OF THE VSE AND PRAC­TISE OF THIS BOOKE.

WHosoeuer will vse these Charts of seafaring as they ought, and as the practise it selfe requireth: must first know and diligently marke, that the seuerall arisings and appearing of euery country are particularlie pourtrayed in the vppermost part of the Chart, or else, where is greatest roome: and sometimes in the mappe fo­lowing for the fitnes of the place: as appeareth in the Charte of Flaunders, where the chiefe appearances of Holland and Zealand are set downe in the vppermost part of the Charte, in the same fashion as they shew and appeare first, to those which come from the sea, which may be knowen by mountaynes, valleys, woodes, hils, cliffes, towres, cities, beakons, or capes, &c. But after that the coast is descried, a skilfull Pilot must consider, how he may saile thither: and vpon what point of the compasse the hauen or riuer lieth: what banks, shoalds, taile sands, rockes vnder and aboue water, what blind rockes you must shunne, and what depth is neere the shoare. And being come nearer, what shoare markes, steeples, windmils, hils and cliffes, & what trees are to be brought in one to come to the true depth or channell. Moreouer how the Buyes be set neare the hauens or riuers both in going out and comming in, and how farre they lie one from another. And that is expressed at large and in good order in the seue­rall description of euery Charte. And seing that many which were neuer at Sea will not without cause meruaile when they see these particuler maps, why in some coasts, riuers, and other Inland waters, the townes, towres, rockes, and other markes or signes do seeme on one side to stand vpright, and on the other side cleane contrarie: The gentle Reader shall vnderstand that in the particuler Chartes I haue treated little thereof, as a matter not incident to the treatie of Nauigation. But forasmuch as Pilots, Shipmasters, Mariners, and many others (whom it specially concerneth) which set out daylie to the seas, haue hitherto continually vsed, & as yet do alwaies vse the like charts: so that with the least alteration ther­of they may often put in daunger their ship & goods: I thought it not requisite by and by to change the same: although I know and haue prooued for certaintie, that it will seeme very absurde and against reason to all cunning & skilfull men: whom I earnestly desire for that cause to haue me excused: least by reason of the straung­nes and such doubtfull alteration, those which go to the sea should be brought to any doubt or confusion, wherby many daungers and discommodities might ensue. And let it not seeme straunge to any if peraduenture some of the sea coastes, ha­uens, countries, &c. appeare not so fully and plainely, and shewe themselues as indeed they are, and as they are pourtraied in our seuerall Chartes. For albeit (besides mine owne skill and experience) I haue conferred and shewen whatsoeuer is contained in this booke to diuers Shipmasters and expert Pilots, and haue corrected the same by their notes, who according to their seuerall experience and iudgement, haue praised and allowed all these seuerall Chartes: which since that I haue published in the same forme: yet because it is naturall for men to be decea­ued, & for that diuers men haue not only diuers opinions, but also euident faults: perhaps many errors wilbe found in this booke, which a painfull and diligent Pilot will easely amend, seing it is farre easier to correct that which is already in­uented, then to frame a new.

❧OF THE SPECIAL PROPER­TIE OF THE SEA, WHICH ASWEL IN times past, as at this present maketh many to wonder.

NO man doubteth that the waues of the great Ocean, and the force of the streame (notwithstanding a contrary winde) doe al­wayes come from the North-west, and flow very swiftly vpon all the sea coastes, & in the seas of our vsuall nauigation. The waues are mounted on such an height, and separated so farre asunder, that when two shippes are parted by such waues, each others mastes and toppes cannot be seene: which happeneth commonly at a still water, or calme weather. And these waues are so farre distant, that you cannot shoot from one ship to another with a Caliuer. Moreouer in all the streicts or Leuant sea, the waues alwaies driue, and rise vp against the coastes, creekes, and shores, and also the little streames and riuers (notwithstanding a contrary wind) alwaies roule vp against the shore: a thing doubtlesse, strange & wonderfull. But yet I thinke that no man hath hitherto (as farre as I know) certainly declared or defined the naturall cause of this motion. VVherefore in few words I will declare my opinion hereof. The cause of this motion may proceede (without preiudice to other mens opinions) from the North-west quarter: because many tempests and stormes arise in the North and North-west countries, by reason of the coldnes and intemperature of the ayre, land and sea: from whence blow such mighty and forci­ble windes, driuing and beating the sea and the waues thereof with such might, that no contrary wind can stoppe or resist the course or tossing thereof: and that happeneth by reason of the continuall succession of the waues and surges which driue one another from a coast so farre off. But some man may demaunde why it proceedeth not rather from the South-west, where the sea is widest and largest: who may bee thus aunswered: That the sunne with his naturall heate doth so temper and moderate the winds, surges and waues vnder the South Clymates, that there cannot arise such great tempestes. For it is seene and prooued by daily experience in the Indian Nauigation, that the sunne being high in the South Cly­mates, doth make the weather calme, and the waters smooth. Contrarywise, the sunne being in the North and North-west hath no such force, but yeeldeth lesser heate: which may bee the cause why the waues are alwayes troublesome North-westward, and come rouling about all the sea coastes of Europe. But I beleeue that a shippe farre from the shore, and vnder sayle in the middest of the Northwest sea, perceaueth no such matter. But when you draw neare or about Nevv-found land, you shall doubtlesse finde againe that the flouds and narrow seas within the land are stirred vp and flow from the North-east. And this, gentle Reader, is my opinion hereof, submitting my selfe to the better censure of other men. But the secretes of Almighty God, the onely creator and gouernor of all thinges, are so incomprehen­sible and insearcheable, although we behold the heauens, the ayre, the land & seas: that we are altogether vnable, in respect of his omnipotencie, or rather vnworthy to iudge or set downe any certaintie thereof: but so farre as our indeuour and the compasse of our humaine wit giuen vs of God can naturally conceaue, and no far­ther. The rest we most humbly referre to his diuine maiestie, vntill we are chaun­ged from this miserable and wretched life.

❧ AN EXHORTATION TO the Apprentises of the Art of Nauigation.

THe first and chiefest way to attayne to the perfect skill and sci­ence of Nauigation, is, whensoeuer any Shipmaster or Mariner shall set foorth from land out of any Riuer or Hauen, diligently to marke, what buildings, Castles, Towers, Churches, Hils, Bals, Downes, VVindmils, or other marks are standing on the land. All which, or many of them, let him pourtray with his penne, how they beare, and how farre distaunt: but vppon the true and certeine poynts of the Compasse, vppon which hee first set sayle, and shaped his course, whilest yet euery marke on the land may bee clearely and euidently percea­ued, to the end the true arising thereof may be the better had. Hee must also very often cast the Lead, that he may most exactly note in his Compt-booke, how farre off, all the shoalds and sands lie from the shoare.

In like manner must he proceed that descrieth, and arriueth towards any other countrey, to wit: assoone as the arising and shew of the land, be it high or low, with the beakons and other markes may be plainely perceaued: straightway must hee compare them all with those our Chartes and Tables. And when the Coast is thus knowne eyther wholy or in parte: then must hee warily and diligently inde­uour to seeke out and finde the true depth and channell by certeine Marks, Tow­ers, Churches, Beakons, &c. which are found almost at euery port, entrie, cape or poynt: and no lesse heedfully consider, how his course lyeth inwardes and out­wardes. Any Mariner that will diligently, and with vnderstanding practise these preceptes, shall attayne the true skill and science of Nauigation. For that which any man either young or olde exerciseth, searcheth out and obserueth him­selfe, sticketh faster in memory, then that which he learneth of others. Notwith­standing let him not neglect, nor shame to enquire of the Master of the shippe, and other men exercised in this study, the situation of countries, the courses vpon seue­rall poynts, the depths or soundings, and the eleuations of the Pole: and prac­tise with the Crosse staffe, and Astrolabe. The which two, are the principall instru­ments (next the Compasse) that belong to safe and skilfull seafaring.

This admonition and instruction is here set downe, onely for the helpe and fur­therance of young beginners in this Art.

A TABLE OF THE PRIME, OR GOL­den number, and of the Epact according to either computation.
Avvay to finde out the Golden number, vvith­out Ephemerides or Kalender.

Golden Numb. New Epacts Th'old Epacts
1 1 11
2 12 22
3 23 3
4 4 14
5 15 25
6 26 6
7 7 17
8 18 28
9 29 9
10 10 20
11 21 1
12 2 12
13 13 23
14 24 4
15 5 15
16 16 29
17 27 7
18 8 18
19 19 29

IF you will finde out the golden num­ber of the yeare of our Lorde 1588. cast away 1500. yeares, and deuide the 88. that remaineth by 19. (which is the full number of the circle of the Moone) and there remaineth 12. which is the golden number of this yeare to which for euery yeare following adde one vntill you come to 19. which is the last number of the Circle of the Moone. Then rec­ken againe the number in order viz. 1. 2. 3. &c.

This golden number is called the circle of the moone, because in the space of 19. yeares, the Moone after ha­uing made all her changes and coniunctions with the Sunne, and passed thorow the signes of the Zodiacke, be­ginneth agayn to change, almost at the very same houre and day as before.

How to finde out the Epact without an Ephemerides, or Alma­nacke, according to the new stile.

YOu must haue the Golden number readie in your minde by the former rule, which you shall recken vpon the ioyncts of your thombe, from the lowest to the vppermost: and if your accompt do ende at the lowest ioint the Golden number and the Epact shalbe one. But if it ende vpon the se­conde, adde x. to the Golden number, which beyng put together make the Epact for that yeare: But if it endeth on the highest ioynt adde .20. to the golden num­ber and so beyng put together, you haue the Epact: But if it passe .30. cast that a­way and keepe the remainder for your Epact.

For example.

I would know the Epact of the yeare 1588. I finde the Golden number to be 12. by the rule aforesayd: which being reckened endeth vpon the vppermost ioynt of the thombe: and therfore do I adde 20. to the Golden number which maketh 32. so that 2. is the Epact for that yeare, which is also expressed in the former table.

That you may learne the time of the new Moone rightly from the yeare .1588. to the yeare 1606.

SEeke in the Table folowyng the Golden number of the yeare for which you seeke in the first Colomne, and you shall finde in the side entrance the new Moones for the whole yeare through all the monthes, what day, houer and minut they are, (which as VVagenar made according to the new stile & Calculated for the Meridian of Enchuysen, so here they are reduced to the olde stile and calculated to the Meridian of London,) It happeneth sometimes that two new moones are in one moneth, which the Table will shew. But after the time of 1606. is expired: this Table geueth you the new Moones accordyng to the middle or equall motion of both lights vpon the same day, but deducting an howre and a halfe, and hauyng regarde to the Leape yeare.

A TABLE OF THE NEVV MOONES FOR THE MERIDIAN OF LONDON.

  Golden Numb. Ianuarie Februare Marche. Aprill. Maie. Iune.
  Da. Ho. Mi. Da. Ho. Mi. Da. Ho. Mi. Da. Ho. Mi. Da. Ho. Mi. Da. Ho. Mi.
1596 1 18 22 11 17 14 46 18 6 8 16 22 38 16 14 19 45 5 16
  2 7 10 24 5 22 38 7 11 18 6 2 14 5 16 58 4 7 52
  3 26 11 58 24 22 23 26 9 26 24 21 12 24 10 3 22 23 56
  4 16 4 8 14 14 1 15 23 2 14 8 5 13 17 35 12 8 26
  5 5 17 38 4 5 56 4 15 49 3 0 12 1/34 7/15 49/ [...]8 30 0 33
  6 23 17 5 22 6 13 23 16 34 22 1 3 21 8 0 19 15 4
  7 12 19 38 11 14 5 12 4 38 11 15 56 11 0 48 9 8 21
1603 8 1/ [...]1 19/14 19/38 No N. M. 2 9 2 1 0 58 29 23 59 28 8 25
  9 20 14 38 19 8 50 20 2 1 18 18 38 18 10 8 16 20 38
  10 8 20 44 7 11 58 9 3 5 7 19 36 7 11 11 6 2 4
1606 11 27 19 31 26 8 55 27 22 11 26 11 58 26 2 50 24 18 0
1588 12 17 10 13 15 23 34 16 13 95 15 5 4 14 20 33 13 11 51
  13 6 1 7 4 11 34 5 22 25 4 10 25 3 23 14 2 12 56
  14 25 3 22 23 13 13 24 22 18 23 8 27 22 18 41 21 6 29
  15 14 18 1 13 5 28 14 14 38 12 23 13 12 7 29 10 16 7
  16 4 3 55 2 18 18 3 6 18 1 15 58 1/30 0/7 0/20 28 14 55
  17 22 0 17 20 16 23 22 5 33 20 16 3 20 0 20 18 7 44
  18 11 0 10 9 19 21 11 12 48 10 2 24 9 14 41 8 0 10
1595 19 29 18 50 28 13 20 13 6 34 27 22 8 28 11 16 26 21 55

  Golden Numb. Iuly. August. Septemb. October. Nouemb. Decemb.
  Da. Ho. Mi. Da. Ho. Mi. Da. Ho. Mi. Da. Ho. Mi. Da. Ho. Mi. Da. Ho. Mi.
1596 1 14 18 38 13 5 53 11 16 22 11 2 24 9 12 23 8 22 50
  2 3 22 38 2 13 3 1/30 [...]/ [...]5 49/38 30 3 42 28 14 51 38 1 34
  3 22 14 52 21 6 28 19 22 18 19 13 44 18 4 50 17 16 55
  4 11 16 50 10 7 14 8 23 22 8 16 57 7 10 32 7 3 9
  5 29 11 32 28 0 56 36 17 2 26 11 11 25 6 18 35 0 48
  6 18 22 38 17 8 12 15 20 12 15 11 14 14 5 51 14 0 14
  7 8 14 59 6 21 38 5 6 59 4 18 18 3 7 24 2 23 59
1603 8 27 15 53 26 0 4 24 7 38 23 18 7 22 6 38 21 21 39
  9 16 6 53 14 16 38 13 0 38 12 9 28 10 19 38 10 7 16
  10 5 14 59 4 3 23 2 15 34 2/3 [...] 1/3 [...] 20/2 [...] 29 19 38 29 7 48
1606 11 24 8 46 22 22 23 21 13 3 21 1 41 19 13 28 18 23 43
1588 12 13 2 58 11 16 38 10 5 32 9 17 7 8 4 16 7 14 50
  13 2/31 1/ [...]6 [...]7/3 [...] 30 10 58 29 2 7 28 16 38 27 5 24 26 17 1
  14 20 20 23 19 11 29 18 4 0 17 21 29 16 14 8 16 5 8
  15 10 2 11 8 14 23 7 5 0 6 21 26 5 15 59 5 10 25
  16 28 23 41 25 10 18 26 23 38 24 15 50 23 10 25 23 5 46
  17 17 15 10 15 22 51 14 8 25 13 20 28 12 11 33 12 5 10
  18 7 8 3 5 15 38 3 23 14 3 8 21 1 19 22 1/ [...]1 [...]/1 [...]6/5
1595 19 26 7 38 24 16 3 23 0 44 22 9 41 20 20 4 20 6 57

A VVAIE TO FINDE OVT THE LEAPE YEERE WITHOVT eyther Calender or Ephemerides.

DIuide the yeeres of our Lord by 4. and if nothing re­mayne after the diuision, that yeare is Leape yeare, but if the number of 1. 2. or 3. shall remaine, it signifieth what yeere it is after the Leape yeare. As for example. Take the yeare since the Natiuitie of Christ, 1588. which beeing diuided by 4. nothing remayneth, wherefore it is Leape yeare. And the yeere 1589. the first after the Leape yeere. The yeare 1590. the second, & the yeare 1591. the third. But the yeare 1592. shall bee a Leape yeare againe, and so forwards.

OF THE DECLINATION OF THE Sunne, and the vse thereof.

FOr asmuch as for many and waighty causes ten daies are once for euer cut off from the yeare by certaine Monarchs of Europe as needlesse, that thereby the Equinoctiall or Solstitiall pointes might bee brought to the same dayes of the moneth as of olde time they were, in the time of the Nicene councel: and so the 4. sea­sons of the yeare (viz.) the Spring, Summer, Haruest, and VVinter, begin on the same dayes as they were wont.

And furthermore as the appearances and suppositions of the 8. sphere do shew a manifest inequality in the greatnes of the sunne: so in continuance of time, as apparant an alteration is perceiued in his greatest obliquation. For by the obseruations of Erarosthenes, Hipparchus, and Ptolomy, of which, the two first liued a little before the beginning of the Romaine Empire: and the third, a little after: the greatest obliquation of the sunne was found to be al­most euen with his vtmost declination: so that in the time of Iulius Caesar, and the beginning of the Romaine Empire, the greatest was of 23. degrees, and 52 minutes. But afterward it decreased by little and little, as plainly appea­reth by the obseruations of Albaregnius, and since by Arzahel the Spanyard, Almeon, Almanzor, Prophatius the Ievve, and many others, which for this last hundred yeares, by the diligent study, and obseruing of George Purbachius, Iohannes Regi­omontanus, Vernerus, Copernicus, &c. is yet found still decreasing: so that at this time, it is well neare vpon the last and farthest poynt, (viz.) in 23. degrees, and 28. minutes, or at least wanting a few seconds.

Therefore VVagener thought it not impertinent to set downe the table of the declination of the Sunne for the behoofe of all Pilots, Shipmasters, and all kinde of Saylers, aswell according to the right course of the sunne, as this apparant obliquation of our time: hoping that he should doe there­in that which should be acceptable, and not vnprofitable vnto them. But it hath since beene thought fitter for vs in England to follow our auncient and accustomed stile, not acknowledging any such perfection of the Gregorian re­formation.

❧ OF THE VSE OF THE Table following for the Sunnes declination.

FIrst you must know whether it be a Leape yeare, or the first, second, or third yeare after the Leape yeare: and when you vnderstand the same, entring the Table of that yeare, you shall seeke out your purposed moneth and day in the toppe and side titles: for the common Angle will shew the declination of the sunne, for the same day, northward from the 10. of March to the 13. of September, and southward from the 13. of September to the 10. of March, and these dayes are marked thus ✚.

Now if you desire to knowe the latitude of any countrey or height of the Pole, take the meridian height of the sunne by your Astrolabe or Crosse staffe, and it will shewe the distance of the sunne from the Zenith, or highest poynt. And if the declination of the sunne be Northward the same day, adde it to the distance of the sunne from the Zenith. But contrarywise deduct it againe if the declination be Southward, and you shall haue the latitude of that place, or the altitude of the Pole. As for example. VVagener in the yeere 1583. the 21. of Ianuary, tooke by Astrolabe at Enchuysen the meridian alti­tude of the sunne about 20. degrees, and 50. minutes: wherefore the distance thereof from the Zenith is neare 69. degrees, and 10. minutes. In the Table of the declination of the Sunne the third yeare after the Leape yeare, hee found the same day (after his accoumpt) the obliquation of the sun in 17. & 20. minuts southward, which being deducted from the distance of the sunne from the Zenith, because it is Southward, there remaine 52. degrees, and 50. minuts, which is the latitude or altitude of the Pole of the Citie of Enchuysen.

In the yeare 1588. the 8. of Iuly, at London the meridian altitude of the Sunne was obserued 59. degrees, 28. minuts. VVherefore his distaunce from the Zenith is 30. degrees, 32. minuts. In the Table of the Sunnes de­clination for the Leape yeare I find for that day the Suns Northren Ob­liquation 21. degrees, 2. minuts, which added to the Sunnes distance from the Zenith, because it is Northerly, maketh the whole 51. degrees 34. minuts, which is the true latitude of the place, or altitude of the Pole for the Citie of London.

THE DECLINATION OF THE SVNNE,

for the first yeere after the Leape yeere.
Ianuarie. Februarie Marche.   Aprill. May. Iune. Iuly. August. Septēber   October. Nouem. Decemb.
Da. De. Mi Da. De Mi. Da. De. Mi.   Da. De. Mi Da. De. Mi Da. De Mi. Da De Mi. Da. De. Mi Da. De. Mi. Da De. Mi. Da. De. Mi. Da. De. Mi
1 21 43 1 13 48 1 3 30   1 8 27 1 17 55 1 23 6 1 22 9 1 15 21 1 4 36 1 7 2 1 17 31 1 23 3
2 21 33 2 13 28 2 3 7   2 8 49 2 18 10 2 23 10 2 22 1 2 15 3 2 4 13 2 7 25 2 17 47 2 23 8
3 21 23 3 13 8 3 2 44   3 9 11 3 18 25 3 23 14 3 21 53 3 14 45 3 3 50 3 7 48 3 18 3 3 23 12
4 21 12 4 12 48 4 2 20   4 9 32 4 18 40 4 23 17 4 21 44 4 14 27 4 3 27 4 8 11 4 18 19 4 23 16
5 21 1 5 12 27 5 1 56   5 9 53 5 18 54 5 23 20 5 21 35 5 14 8 5 3 4 5 8 33 5 18 35 5 23 19
6 20 50 6 12 6 6 1 32   6 10 14 6 19 8 6 23 22 6 21 26 6 13 49 6 2 41 6 8 55 6 18 50 6 23 22
7 20 38 7 11 45 7 1 8   7 10 35 7 19 22 7 23 24 7 21 16 7 13 30 7 2 18 7 9 17 7 19 5 7 23 24
8 20 26 8 11 24 8 0 45   8 10 56 8 19 35 8 23 25 8 21 6 8 13 11 8 1 55 8 9 39 8 19 19 8 23 25
9 20 13 9 11 3 9 0 21   9 11 17 9 19 48 9 23 26 9 20 55 9 12 51 9 1 32 9 10 1 9 19 33 9 23 26
10 19 59 10 10 41 10 0 3 10 11 37 10 20 0 10 23 27 10 20 44 10 12 31 10 1 8 10 10 23 10 19 47 10 23 27
11 19 45 11 10 19 11 0 27   11 11 57 11 20 12 11 23 28 11 20 33 11 12 11 11 0 45 11 10 45 11 20 0 11 23 28
12 19 31 12 9 57 12 0 51   12 12 17 12 20 24 12 23 28 12 20 21 12 11 51 12 0 21 12 11 6 12 20 13 12 23 28
13 19 16 13 9 35 13 1 15   13 12 37 13 20 36 13 23 28 13 20 9 13 11 31 13 0 3 13 11 27 13 20 26 13 23 27
14 19 1 14 9 13 14 1 38   14 12 57 14 20 47 14 23 27 14 19 57 14 11 11 14 0 27 14 11 48 14 20 38 13 23 26
15 18 46 15 8 51 15 2 1   15 13 17 15 20 58 15 23 26 15 19 44 15 10 50 15 0 51 15 12 9 15 20 50 15 23 24
16 18 31 16 8 29 16 2 24   16 13 36 16 21 8 16 23 24 16 19 31 16 10 29 16 1 15 16 12 29 16 21 1 16 23 21
17 18 16 17 8 7 17 2 47   17 13 55 17 21 18 17 23 22 17 19 17 17 10 8 17 1 38 17 12 49 17 21 12 17 23 19
18 18 0 18 7 44 18 3 10   18 14 14 18 21 28 18 23 19 18 19 3 18 9 47 18 2 1 18 13 9 18 21 23 18 23 16
19 17 44 19 7 21 19 3 33   19 14 33 19 21 38 19 23 16 19 18 49 19 9 26 19 2 24 19 13 29 19 21 34 19 23 13
20 17 28 20 6 58 20 3 56   20 14 51 20 21 47 20 23 12 20 18 35 20 9 5 20 2 47 20 13 49 20 21 44 20 23 9
21 17 11 21 6 35 21 4 19   21 15 9 21 21 56 21 23 8 21 18 20 21 8 45 21 3 11 21 14 9 21 21 53 21 23 4
22 16 54 22 6 12 22 4 42   22 15 27 22 22 4 22 23 4 22 18 5 22 8 21 22 3 34 22 14 29 22 22 2 22 22 59
23 16 37 23 5 49 23 5 5   23 15 45 23 22 12 23 23 0 23 17 50 23 7 59 23 3 57 23 14 49 23 22 11 23 22 54
24 16 19 24 5 26 24 5 28   24 16 2 24 22 20 24 22 55 24 17 34 24 7 37 24 4 20 24 15 8 24 22 19 24 22 48
25 16 1 25 5 3 25 5 51   25 16 19 25 22 27 25 22 50 25 17 18 25 7 15 25 4 44 25 15 27 25 22 27 25 22 42
26 15 43 26 4 40 26 6 14   26 16 36 26 22 34 26 22 44 26 17 2 26 6 52 26 5 7 26 15 46 26 22 34 26 22 36
27 15 24 27 4 17 27 6 37   27 16 52 27 22 40 27 22 38 27 16 46 27 6 30 27 5 30 27 16 4 27 22 40 27 22 29
28 15 5 28 3 54 28 6 59   28 17 8 28 22 46 28 22 31 28 16 29 28 6 8 28 5 53 28 16 22 28 22 46 28 22 22
29 14 46       29 7 21   29 17 24 29 22 52 29 22 24 29 16 12 29 5 45 29 6 16 29 16 40 29 22 52 29 22 14
30 14 27       30 7 43   30 17 40 30 22 57 30 22 17 30 15 55 30 5 22 30 6 39 30 16 57 30 22 58 30 22 6
31 14 8       31 8 5         31 23 2       31 15 38 31 4 59       31 17 14       31 21 55
The second yeeres declination of the Sunne.
Ianuary. February Marche.   Aprill. Maie. Iune. Iuly. August. Septēber   October. Nouemb. Decemb.
Da. De. Mi. Da De. Mi Da. De. Mi   Da De. Mi Da. De. Mi. Da. De Mi. Da De. Mi. Da De Mi. Da. De. Mi.   Da De. Mi. Da. De. Mi. Da De Mi.
1 21 46 1 13 53 1 3 36   1 8 22 1 17 52 1 23 4 1 22 11 1 15 25 1 4 42   1 6 56 1 17 27 1 23 3
2 22 36 2 13 33 2 3 12   2 8 44 2 18 7 2 23 8 2 22 3 2 15 7 2 4 19   2 7 19 2 17 43 2 23 8
3 21 26 3 13 13 3 2 49   3 9 6 3 18 2 [...] 3 23 12 3 21 55 3 14 49 3 3 56   3 7 42 3 17 59 3 23 12
4 21 15 4 12 53 4 2 25   4 9 27 4 18 37 4 23 16 4 21 46 4 14 31 4 3 33   4 8 5 4 18 15 4 23 15
5 21 4 5 12 33 5 2 1   5 9 48 5 18 51 5 23 19 5 21 37 5 14 13 5 3 10   5 8 27 5 18 31 5 23 18
6 20 53 6 12 12 6 1 38   6 10 9 6 19 5 6 23 22 6 21 28 6 13 54 6 2 47   6 8 49 6 18 46 6 23 21
7 20 41 7 11 51 7 1 14   7 10 30 7 19 18 7 23 24 7 21 18 7 13 35 7 2 24   7 9 11 7 19 1 7 23 23
8 20 29 8 11 30 8 0 50   8 10 51 8 19 31 8 23 25 8 21 8 8 13 16 8 2 1   8 9 33 8 19 16 8 23 25
9 20 16 9 11 8 9 0 26   9 11 12 9 19 44 9 23 26 9 20 57 9 12 57 9 1 38   9 9 55 9 19 30 9 23 26
10 20 3 10 10 46 10 0 2 10 11 33 10 19 57 10 23 27 10 20 46 10 12 37 10 1 14   10 10 17 10 19 44 10 23 27
11 19 50 11 10 24 11 0 22   11 11 53 11 20 9 11 23 28 11 20 35 11 12 17 11 0 50   11 10 39 11 19 57 11 23 28
12 19 36 12 10 2 12 0 46   12 12 13 12 20 21 12 23 28 12 20 23 12 11 57 12 0 27   12 11 1 12 20 10 12 23 28
13 19 22 13 9 40 13 1 10   13 12 33 13 20 33 13 23 27 13 20 11 13 11 37 13 0 3 13 11 22 13 20 23 13 23 27
14 19 7 14 9 18 14 1 33   14 12 53 14 20 44 14 23 26 14 19 59 14 11 16 14 0 21   14 11 43 14 20 35 14 23 26
15 18 52 15 8 56 15 1 56   15 13 12 15 20 55 15 23 25 15 19 46 15 10 55 15 0 45   15 12 4 15 20 47 15 23 24
16 18 37 16 8 43 16 2 19   16 13 31 16 21 5 16 23 23 16 19 33 16 10 34 16 1 9   16 12 25 16 20 58 16 23 22
17 18 21 17 8 12 17 2 42   17 13 50 17 21 15 17 23 21 17 19 20 17 10 13 17 1 32   17 12 46 17 21 9 17 23 19
18 18 5 18 7 49 18 3 5   18 14 9 18 21 25 18 23 19 18 18 7 18 9 52 18 1 55   18 13 6 18 21 20 18 23 16
19 17 49 19 7 26 19 3 28   19 14 28 19 21 35 19 23 16 19 18 53 19 9 31 19 2 18   19 13 25 19 21 31 19 23 13
20 17 33 20 7 3 20 3 51   20 14 46 20 21 45 20 23 13 20 18 39 20 9 10 20 2 41   20 13 46 20 21 41 20 23 10
21 17 16 21 6 40 21 4 14   21 15 4 21 21 54 21 23 9 21 18 24 21 8 48 21 3 5   21 14 6 21 21 51 21 23 6
22 16 59 22 6 17 22 4 37   22 15 22 22 22 3 22 23 5 22 18 9 22 8 26 22 3 28   22 14 26 22 22 0 22 23 1
23 16 42 23 5 54 23 5 0   23 15 40 23 22 11 23 23 1 23 17 54 23 8 4 23 3 51   23 14 44 23 22 9 23 22 56
24 16 24 24 5 31 24 5 23   24 15 58 24 22 19 24 22 56 24 17 39 24 7 42 24 4 14   24 15 3 24 22 17 24 22 50
25 16 6 25 5 8 25 5 46   25 16 15 25 22 26 25 22 51 25 17 23 25 7 20 25 4 38   25 15 22 25 22 25 25 22 44
26 15 48 26 4 45 26 6 9   26 16 32 26 22 33 26 22 45 26 17 7 26 6 58 26 5 1   26 15 41 26 22 32 26 22 37
27 15 29 27 4 22 27 6 32   28 16 48 27 22 39 27 22 39 27 16 51 27 6 36 27 5 24   27 15 59 27 22 39 27 22 30
28 15 10 28 3 59 28 6 54   28 17 4 28 22 45 28 22 33 28 16 34 28 6 14 28 5 47   28 16 17 28 22 46 28 22 22
29 14 51       29 7 16   29 17 20 29 22 50 29 22 26 29 16 17 29 5 51 29 6 10   29 16 35 29 22 52 29 22 14
30 14 32       30 7 38   30 17 6 30 22 55 30 22 19 30 16 0 30 5 28 30 6 33   30 16 53 30 22 58 30 22 6
31 14 13       31 8 0         31 23 0       31 15 43 31 5 5         31 17 10       31 21 57
for the third yeere after the Leape yeere.
Ianuarie. Februarie Marche.   Aprill. May. Iune. Iuly. August. Septēber   October. Nouem. Decemb
Da. De. Mi Da. De Mi Da. De Mi.   Da. De. Mi. Da. De. Mi Da De Mi. Da De Mi. Da. De. Mi Da. De. Mi Da De. Mi Da. De. Mi. Da. De. Mi.
1 21 48 1 13 58 1 3 41   1 8 17 1 17 48 1 23 4 1 22 13 1 15 29 1 4 47 1 6 51 1 17 23 1 23 1
2 21 38 2 13 38 2 3 17   2 8 39 2 18 5 2 23 8 2 22 5 2 15 11 2 4 24 2 7 14 2 17 39 2 23 6
3 21 28 3 13 18 3 2 54   3 9 1 3 18 18 3 23 12 3 21 57 3 14 53 3 4 1 3 7 37 3 17 56 3 23 10
4 21 17 4 12 58 4 2 30   4 9 22 4 18 33 4 23 15 4 21 48 4 14 35 4 3 38 4 8 0 4 18 12 4 23 14
5 21 6 5 12 37 5 2 7   5 9 46 5 18 47 5 23 18 5 21 39 5 14 17 5 3 15 5 8 22 5 18 27 5 23 17
6 20 55 6 12 16 6 1 44   6 10 4 6 19 1 6 23 21 6 21 30 6 13 58 6 2 52 6 8 44 6 18 42 6 23 19
7 20 43 7 11 55 7 1 20   7 10 25 7 19 15 7 23 23 7 21 20 7 13 39 7 2 29 7 9 6 7 18 57 7 23 21
8 20 31 8 11 34 8 0 56   8 10 46 8 19 2 [...] 8 23 25 8 21 10 8 13 20 8 2 6 8 9 28 8 19 12 8 23 23
9 20 19 9 11 13 9 0 32   9 11 7 9 19 41 9 23 26 9 21 0 9 13 1 9 1 43 9 9 50 9 19 26 9 23 25
10 20 6 10 10 52 10 0 8 10 11 28 10 19 54 10 23 27 10 20 49 10 12 41 10 1 19 10 10 12 10 19 40 10 23 26
11 19 53 11 10 30 11 0 16   11 11 48 11 20 6 11 23 28 11 20 38 11 12 21 11 0 56 11 10 34 11 19 54 11 23 27
12 19 39 12 10 8 12 0 40   12 12 8 12 20 18 12 23 28 12 20 26 12 12 1 12 0 33 12 10 56 12 20 8 12 23 28
13 19 25 13 9 46 13 1 4   13 12 28 13 20 29 13 23 27 13 20 14 13 11 41 13 0 10 13 11 17 13 20 21 13 23 27
14 19 11 14 9 24 14 1 27   14 12 48 14 20 40 14 23 26 14 20 2 14 11 21 14 0 14 14 11 38 14 20 33 13 23 26
15 18 56 15 9 2 15 1 50   15 13 7 15 20 51 15 23 25 15 19 49 15 11 0 15 0 38 15 11 59 15 20 45 15 23 25
16 18 41 16 8 40 16 2 14   16 13 26 16 21 2 16 23 23 16 19 36 16 10 39 16 1 2 16 12 20 16 20 57 16 23 23
17 18 25 17 8 17 17 2 37   17 13 45 17 21 13 17 23 21 17 19 23 17 10 18 17 1 26 17 12 41 17 21 8 17 23 21
18 18 9 18 7 54 18 3 0   18 14 4 18 21 23 18 23 19 18 19 10 18 9 57 18 1 49 18 13 1 18 21 19 18 23 18
19 17 53 19 7 31 19 3 23   19 14 23 19 21 33 19 23 17 19 18 56 19 9 36 19 2 12 19 13 21 19 21 29 19 23 15
20 17 37 20 7 8 20 3 46   20 14 42 20 21 43 20 23 14 20 18 42 20 9 15 20 2 36 20 13 41 20 21 39 20 23 11
21 17 20 21 6 45 21 4 9   21 15 0 21 21 25 21 23 11 21 18 28 21 8 54 21 2 59 21 14 1 21 21 49 21 23 7
22 17 3 22 6 23 22 4 32   22 15 18 22 22 1 22 23 7 22 18 13 22 8 32 22 3 23 22 14 21 22 21 58 22 23 2
23 16 46 23 6 0 23 4 55   23 15 36 23 22 9 23 23 2 23 17 58 23 8 10 23 3 46 23 14 40 23 22 7 23 22 57
24 16 28 24 5 37 24 5 18   24 15 53 24 22 16 24 22 57 24 17 43 24 7 48 24 4 9 24 14 59 24 22 15 24 22 51
25 16 10 25 5 14 25 5 41   25 16 10 25 22 23 25 22 52 25 17 27 25 7 26 25 4 33 25 15 18 25 22 23 25 22 45
26 15 52 26 4 51 26 6 3   26 16 27 26 22 30 26 22 46 26 17 11 26 7 4 26 4 56 26 15 37 26 22 31 26 22 38
27 15 34 27 4 27 27 6 26   27 16 44 27 22 37 27 22 40 27 16 55 27 6 42 27 5 19 27 15 55 27 22 38 27 22 31
28 15 15 28 4 4 28 6 49   28 17 1 28 22 43 28 22 34 28 16 38 28 6 19 28 5 42 28 16 13 28 22 44 28 22 24
29 14 56       29 7 11   29 17 17 29 22 49 29 22 27 29 16 21 29 5 56 29 6 5 29 16 31 29 22 50 29 22 16
30 14 37       30 7 33   30 17 33 30 22 54 30 22 20 30 16 4 30 5 33 30 6 28 30 16 49 30 22 56 30 22 8
31 14 18       31 7 55         31 22 59       31 15 47 31 5 10       31 17 6       31 21 59
The declination of the Sunne for the Leape yeare.
Ianuary. February Marche.   Aprill. Maie. Iune. Iuly. August. Septēber   October. Nouemb. Decemb.
Da. De. Mi. Da. De. Mi.   Da. De. Mi Da De. Mi Da. De. Mi. Da. De Mi. Da De. Mi Da De Mi. Da. De. Mi. Da De. Mi.   Da. De. Mi. Da De Mi.
1 21 50 1 14 2 1 3 23   1 8 32 1 17 59 1 23 7 1 22 7 1 15 16 1 4 30   1 7 8 1 17 35 1 23 5
2 21 40 2 13 42 2 3 0   2 8 54 2 18 14 2 23 11 2 21 59 2 14 58 2 4 7   2 7 31 2 17 51 2 23 10
3 21 30 3 13 22 3 2 37   3 9 16 3 18 29 3 23 14 3 21 50 3 14 40 3 3 44   3 7 54 3 18 7 3 23 14
4 21 20 4 13 2 4 2 13   4 9 38 4 18 44 4 23 17 4 21 41 4 14 22 4 3 21   4 8 16 4 18 23 4 23 17
5 21 9 5 12 42 5 1 50   5 9 59 5 18 58 5 23 20 5 21 32 5 14 3 5 2 58   5 8 38 5 18 35 5 23 20
6 20 58 6 12 21 6 1 27   6 10 20 6 19 12 6 23 22 6 21 22 6 13 44 6 2 35   6 9 0 6 18 54 6 23 22
7 20 47 7 12 0 7 1 4   7 10 41 7 19 25 7 23 24 7 21 12 7 13 25 7 2 12   7 9 22 7 19 9 7 23 24
8 20 35 8 11 39 8 0 40   8 11 2 8 19 38 8 23 25 8 21 2 8 13 6 8 1 48   8 9 44 8 19 23 8 23 25
9 20 23 9 11 18 9 0 16   9 11 23 9 19 51 9 23 26 9 20 52 9 12 46 9 1 25   9 10 6 9 19 37 9 23 26
10 20 10 10 10 57 10 0 8 10 11 43 10 20 4 10 23 27 10 20 41 10 12 26 10 1 2   10 10 28 10 19 51 10 23 27
11 19 57 11 10 35 11 0 32   11 12 3 11 20 16 11 23 28 11 20 30 11 12 6 11 0 39   11 10 50 11 20 4 11 23 28
12 19 44 12 10 13 12 0 56   12 12 23 12 20 28 12 23 28 12 20 18 12 11 46 12 0 15   12 11 12 12 20 17 12 23 27
13 19 30 13 9 51 13 1 20   13 12 43 13 20 39 13 23 27 13 20 11 13 11 26 13 0 9 13 11 33 13 20 30 13 23 26
14 19 15 14 9 29 14 1 40   14 13 3 14 20 50 14 23 26 14 19 53 14 11 6 14 0 33   14 11 54 14 20 42 14 23 25
15 19 0 15 9 7 15 2 7   15 13 22 15 21 1 15 23 25 15 19 40 15 10 45 15 0 57   15 12 15 15 20 54 15 23 23
16 18 45 16 8 45 16 2 30   16 13 41 16 21 11 16 23 23 16 19 27 16 10 24 16 1 21   16 12 36 16 21 5 16 23 21
17 18 29 17 8 33 17 2 53   17 14 0 17 21 21 17 23 21 17 19 13 17 10 3 17 1 44   17 12 56 17 21 16 17 23 18
18 18 13 18 8 0 18 3 16   18 14 19 18 21 31 18 23 18 18 18 59 18 9 42 18 2 7   18 13 16 18 21 27 18 23 15
19 17 57 19 7 37 19 3 39   19 14 38 19 21 41 19 23 15 19 18 45 19 9 21 19 2 30   19 13 36 19 21 37 19 23 12
20 17 41 20 7 14 20 4 3   20 14 56 20 21 50 20 23 11 20 18 31 20 8 59 20 2 53   20 13 56 20 21 47 20 23 8
21 17 42 21 6 51 21 4 26   21 15 14 21 21 59 21 23 7 21 18 16 21 8 37 21 3 17   21 14 16 21 21 56 21 23 4
22 17 7 22 6 28 22 4 49   22 15 32 22 22 8 22 23 3 22 18 1 22 8 15 22 3 41   22 14 35 22 22 5 22 23 59
23 16 50 23 5 5 23 5 12   23 15 49 23 22 16 23 22 58 23 17 46 23 7 53 23 4 4   23 14 54 23 22 13 23 22 53
24 16 32 24 5 42 24 5 35   24 16 6 24 22 23 24 22 53 24 17 30 24 7 31 24 4 27   24 15 13 24 22 21 24 22 47
25 16 14 25 5 19 25 5 38   25 16 23 25 22 30 25 22 48 25 17 14 25 7 9 25 4 50   25 15 32 25 22 29 25 22 40
26 15 56 26 4 56 26 6 20   26 16 40 26 22 36 26 22 42 26 16 58 26 6 46 26 5 13   26 15 50 26 22 26 26 22 33
27 15 38 27 4 33 27 6 42   27 16 56 27 22 42 27 22 36 27 16 42 27 6 24 27 5 36   27 16 8 27 22 43 27 22 26
28 15 19 28 4 10 28 7 4   28 17 12 28 22 48 28 22 29 28 16 26 28 6 2 28 5 59   28 16 26 28 22 49 28 22 18
29 15 0 29 3 46 29 7 26   29 17 28 29 22 53 29 22 22 29 16 8 29 5 39 29 6 22   29 16 44 29 22 55 29 22 10
30 14 41       30 7 [...]8   30 17 44 30 22 58 30 22 15 30 15 41 30 5 16 30 6 45   30 17 1 30 23 0 30 22 1
31 14 22       31 8 10         31 22 3       31 15 34 31 4 53         31 17 18       31 21 52

TO FINDE OVT THE NEVV MOONE, AND THE AGE OF THE MOONE at any time, according to the auncient computation, with­out eyther Calender or Ephemerides.

FIrst you must learne perfectly by the former Tables the Gol­den number and the Epact of that yeere, and their difference. But know this, that the Golden number alwayes beginneth in the Calendes of Ianuary, and euery yeere increaseth one vntill the circle of the Moone be ended, which then returneth to 1. 2. 3. But the Epact beginneth in the Calendes of March, and increaseth euery yeere 11. and endeth at 30. VVherefore when it exceedeth 30. by casting away the whole circle, the remainder is the Epact, to which euery yeere is added 11. as is aforesayd.

Now if you will know what day of euery moneth the new Moone doth happen: take the number of the Epact of the present yeare: and adde therevnto the number of the moneths past from the beginning of March, reckoning also the moneth pre­sent. And if these numbers beeing added together amount not aboue 30. then as­much as you want of 30. is the day of the new Moone of that moneth.

But if you looke for the age of the Moone, adde the dayes that are past of the moneth present to the Epact, and the moneths since March: and the number re­maining after the substraction of 30. declareth the age of the Moone. But if, being added together, it be vnder 30. that selfe same telleth how olde the Moone is. But you may perceaue these things more plainly by examples.

The example of the first.

I would know the new Moone of the moneth of Iune, Anno 1588. The Epact of this yeere is 12. wherevnto I adde 4. for the 4. moneths, beginning at March, which being put together make 16. Now this number is lesse then 30. and there­fore I substract 16. from 30. and there remaineth 14. so that the new Moone was the 14. of Iune.

The other example.

I demaund how olde the Moone shall be the 24. of August of this same yeere 1588. The Epact is 12. to it I adde 6. for the moneths past: they make 18. where­vnto I adde 24. the number of the dayes of August, and then haue I 42. which exceedeth 30. by 12. which sheweth the age of the Moone: and therefore the 24. of August the Moone shall be 12. dayes old.

If you will find the Epact without any booke begin to recken 10. at the lowest ioynt of your thombe, at the other 20. at the third and last 30. which done, count the Golden number vpon the ioynts of your thombe, reckoning from the lowest to the highest, vntill you come to the end of it. And if your account shall ende on the lowest ioynt of your thombe where I haue set 10. adde ten to the Golden number, which being both put together doe make the Epact for that yeere. But if the recko­ning shall end vpon the second ioynt, adde 20. to the Golden number, and both the numbers together doe shew the Epact. But if it end on the third, the Golden num­ber and the Epact shall be one. As for example.

The question is what the Epact is Anno 1588. the Golden number is 12. which in numbering endeth on the third ioynt where stand 30. which being added make 42. of which 30. being cast away the remaynder is the Epact: which beginneth al­waies the first of March: as the Golden number doth the first of Ianuary.

OF THE FIXED STARRES AND THEIR VSE.

FIrst it is necessary for you to know that the obliquitie or declina­tion of the fixed starres is of two sortes: to wit, Northward and Southward, which in the Catalogue of the fixed starres are marked with these letters, N, and S.

If you will seeke the height of the Pole in any place by the helpe of any fixed starre set downe in the Table following, take her Meridian altitude by the quadrant or Crosse staffe. Then by the Table following seeke out her North or South declina­tion, which you must adde to the altitude, if the declination be southerly, or substract it, if it be northerly, and it will shew you the altitude of the Aequator: which beeing de­ducted from 90, expresseth the height of the Pole. As you shall perceiue more plainely by familiar example; In the yeere 1583. on the 10. day of Ianuary about fiue a clocke in the morning Wagener tooke at Enchu­ysen the Meridian altitude of Spica virginis with the Crosse staffe, in 28. degrees and 15. minutes. The Ta­ble sheweth that her Southward declination is 8. degrees and 55. minutes, which being added to the Me­ridian altitude, declareth the Aequator to be 37. degrees, and 10. minutes high: which being substracted from 90. there remayneth 52. degrees and 50. minutes, which is the altitude of the Pole for Enchuysen.

Another example is, that the 11. day of Ianuary in the same yeere about 8. of the clocke towardes the euening, Wagener tooke the Meridian altitude of Palilicium, or Oculus Tauri of 53. degrees, and 4. minuts. The Table teacheth that his Northward declination is of 15. degrees, and 54. minutes, which you must take from the altitude, because it is Northward, and leaue 37. degrees, 10. minutes, for the altitude of the Aequator, when you haue substracted these numbers from 90. that which remayneth being 52. degrees, and 50. minutes, is the height of the Pole, as aforesaid.

If you will learne the true houre of the night by the fixed starres, marke well some one of the fyxed starres which you know, standing in the South: then looke for the same in the Table, and take the houres and minutes from the declination. And seeke also for the day of the yeere in the next Table to the Catalogue, and substract the houres and minutes which you finde there, from the houres and minutes which are alotted to the starre: and that which remayneth signifieth the houres and minutes of the mid­day last past. But if it shall happen that the starre shall haue lesse houres and minutes then a naturall day hath, then adde 24. houres to those of the starre, and substract, as aforesaid.

It will appeare more plainely by this example. Wee haue before marked Spica virginis vppon the 10. of Ianuary, and therefore must we seeke out the houre of his obseruation. In the Catalogue right against this starre, are 13. houres, and 3. minutes, and in the Table of the dayes the 10. day of Ianuary hath 20. houres, and 10. minutes. Wherefore we adde 24. houres to the houres of the starre, and they make toge­ther 37. houres, and 3. minutes. Substract from hence 20. houres, and 10. minutes, and there remaine 16. houres, and 53. minutes, which are the houres from the last midday. And therefore the obseruation was made at 4. a clocke, 53. minutes in the morning, or after midnight.

An other example is. Wagenar saw the 11. day of Ianuary aforesaid Palilicium, or Oculus Tauri. In the Catalogue you shall finde hard by the starre 4. houres 12. minutes. Likewise the Table of the dayes about the 11. day of Ianuary, giueth you 20. houres, 14. minutes. And because the houres of the starre are fewer then those of the day, he added 24. houres, which being put together make 28. and 12. minutes. Hee sub­stracted from them 20. houres, 14. minutes, and there remayned 7. houres, and 58. minutes. And there­fore the time to marke the starre was at 7. a clocke, and 58. minutes in the afternoone.

I will also shew a third example. The 17. of March, Anno Domini 1583. Wagenar tooke the Meri­dian altitude of the starre called Rostrum Corui, that is, the Rauens byll: the houre thereof hee gathered after this manner. In the Catalogue where this starre is mencioned, you haue 11. houres, 48. minutes. In the Table of the dayes you finde 17. dayes of March, houres 0. minutes 24. which beeing deducted from the houres of the starre, are 11. houres, and 24. minutes remayning. Wherefore this obseruation was taken the 11. houre 24. minutes after midday. And so proceed with other fixed starres.

The Dodecatemories in the Zodiacke, are partly Northerly, and partly Southerly. The North signes are, Aries, Taurus, Gemini, Cancer, Leo, Virgo, for the Summer season: the Southerne, are, Libra, Scor­pius, Sagittarius, Capricornus, Aquarius, Pisces, which are the signes for the Winter. To euery seuerall signe are appoynted particular moneths: March, Aprill, May, Iune, Iuly, August, are assigned for the Summer, and September, October, Nouember, December, Ianuary, February for the Winter.

A CATALOGVE OF THE MORE FA­MOVS FIXED STARRES, WITH THEIR LONGITVDE, DECLINATION, RIGHT ASCEN­SION CONVERTED INTO HOWERS, AND MAGNITVDE, RECTIFIED TO THE BEGINNING OF THE YEERE. 1588.

    Longitude. Deg. Min. Declin. Deg. Min.   Right as. Ho. Min. Mag.
* Cornu Arietis praecedens. The Rains horne. ♈ 7 58 17 35 N 1 33 3
* Dexter humerus Cephei. Cepheus right shoulder. ♈ 7 58 61 11 N 21 10 3
* The vtmost of Eridanus. ♈ 21 28 40 36 N 2 53 1
* Scheder. Andromedas shoulder blade. ♈ 16 38 28 57 N 0 19 3
* Mirach. Andromedas girdle. ♈ 25 8 33 57 N 0 48 3
* Pegasus wing or shoulder. ♈ 3 28 12 49 N 23 52 2
* Pegasus legge. Caput Andromedae. ♈ 9 8 27 19 N 23 49 2
* The Whales belly. ♈ 16 18 12 3 S 1 31 3
* The Whales necke. ♈ 28 58 7 13 N 1 54 4
* The Whales brest. ♈ 23 18 13 43 S 2 3 3
* Menkar. The Whales snowf. ♉ 8 58 2 47 N 2 42 3
* Schedar. Cassiopeas brest. ♉ 2 8 54 24 N 0 17 3
* Cassiopeas chayre. ♉ 7 58 58 32 N 0 31 3
* Algenib. Perseus right side. ♉ 16 8 48 9 N 2 55 3
* Rasalgol. Medusaes head. ♉ 20 58 40 1 N 2 43 2
* The first and Northermost of the Pleiades. ♉ 23 28 23 1 N 3 19 5
* The hinder Southermost of the Pleiades. ♉ 23 48 23 16 N 3 20 5
* The vtmost of the Pleiades. ♉ 24 58 24 12 N 3 25 5
* Trapezium. The least of the Pleiades. ♉ 23 58 23 43 N 3 21 5
* Succule. The first of the Hyades. ♉ 29 58 14 33 N 3 56 3
* Aldebaran. Palilicium. The Buls eye. ♊ 3 58 15 54 N 4 12 1
* Bedelgeuse. Orions right shoulder. ♊ 23 18 6 19 N 5 34 1
* Elgeuse. Bellatrix. Orions left shoulder. ♊ 15 18 5 15 N 5 4 2
* Rigel. Orions left foote. ♊ 11 38 9 10 S 4 53 1
* The first of Orions girdle. ♊ 16 38 1 16 S 5 11 2
* The middlemost of the belt. ♊ 18 38 1 46 S 5 19 2
* The last of Orions girdle. ♊ 20 38 2 18 S 5 26 2
* The Wainmans right shoulder. ♊ 24 8 43 19 N 5 30 2
* Alhaiot. His left shoulder. The goate. ♊ 16 18 45 7 N 4 48 1
* Alrucaba. The North Pole starre. ♊ 21 28 86 31 N 0 21 3
* Canopus. The South starre. ♋ 8 28 51 38 S 6 14 1
* Alhabor. Syrius. The great Dogge. ♋ 8 58 15 55 S 6 29 1
* Algomeisa. Procyon. The lesser Dogge. ♋ 20 28 5 52 N 7 20 1
* Rasalgeuse. Geminies head. ♋ 14 38 32 16 N 7 8 2
* Hercules. The other Twins head. ♋ 17 58 28 28 N 7 21 2
* The Souther guarde. ♌ 8 28 75 35 N 14 0 2
* The Norther guarde. ♌ 17 28 72 54 N 14 43 2
* Alphard. The cleerest of the Snake. ♌ 21 18 5 3 S 9 9 2
* Pectus Cancri. The Maunger. ♌ 1 38 20 29 N 8 16 Neb.
* Dubhe. The great Beares shoulder. ♌ 11 58 62 27 N 10 46 2
* The great Beares nauill. ♌ 13 28 58 7 N 10 33 2
* The great Beares tayle. ♌ 24 23 59 9 N 11 46 3
* The great Beares left hinder legge. ♌ 25 18 55 14 N 11 31 2
* Calb eleced. Basiliscus. The Lyons heart. ♌ 23 48 13 46 N 9 45 1
* The Lyons necke. ♌ 23 28 21 43 N 9 55 2
* The Lyons loynes. ♍ 5 28 22 11 N 10 51 2
* Alioth. The first of the great Beares tayle. ♍ 3 28 57 29 N 12 33 2
* The middlemost of his tayle. ♍ 9 18 56 49 N 13 1 2
* Elkerd bennenaz. The last of the Beares taile. ♍ 21 8 51 6 N 13 29 2
* The vtmost of the Virgins winge. ♍ 20 18 9 22 N 11 34 3
* Deneb eleced. The Lyons tayle, ♍ 15 48 16 29 N 11 27 1
* Fundus Crateris. Crater. The Cupps bottome. ♍ 17 38 16 15 S 10 38 4
* Praeuindemiatrix. The Vintager. ♎ 3 28 12 31 N 12 37 2
* Spica virginis: Azimech. The Virgins Spike. ♎ 17 58 8 53 S 13 3 1
* Humerus sinister Bootis: Ceginus. Bootes left shoulder. ♎ 10 58 39 59 N 14 11 3
* Arcturus: Alramech. The storme starre. ♎ 18 18 21 53 N 13 57 1
* Rostrum Corui. The Rauens bill. ♎ 6 38 22 16 S 11 49 3
* Ala dextra Corui. The Rauens right winge. ♎ 8 48 17 5 S 12 8 3
* Pes dexter prior Centauri. Centaurus right foote afore. ♎ 29 38 48 46 S 12 28 1
* Lucida Coronae: Alpheta. Ariadnes crowne. ♏ 5 58 28 26 N 15 16 2
* Laux Australis. The Souther Scole of the ballance. ♏ 9 18 13 58 S 14 28 2
* Laux Borcalis. The Norther Scole. ♏ 13 28 7 45 S 14 54 2
* In frōte scorpij Borealior. The Northermost in Scorp. front. ♏ 27 38 18 21 S 15 43 3
* Media. The midst in his front. ♏ 26 58 21 7 S 15 37 3
* Australior in fronte scorpij. The Southermost in his front. ♏ 26 58 24 22 S 15 33 3
* Palma sinistra Ophiuchi siue serpentarij. Yed. Oph. left hand. ♏ 26 18 2 46 S 15 52 3
* Cor scorpij: Antares. Scorpions heart. Calb alatrab. ♐ 3 58 24 55 S 16 4 2
* Caput Herculis: Ras-algeti. Hercules his head. ♐ 8 38 15 24 N 16 51 3
* Caput Ophiuchi. Ophiuchus his head. ♐ 16 8 13 6 N 17 14 3
* Caput Draconis: Ras-Aben. The Dragons head. ♐ 20 58 52 9 N 17 45 3
* Lucyda Lyrae: Vuega: Vultur cadens. The Lyrae. ♑ 8 38 38 41 N 18 21 1
* Aquila: Vultur volans: Alkair. The Eagle. ♑ 25 8 7 36 N 19 27 2
* In suffragine sinistra priori sagittarij. Sagittaries forebolds. ♑ 8 58 46 6 S 18 48 2
* In genu eiusdem cruris. Sagittaries knee. ♑ 8 18 41 10 S 18 42 2
* Rostrum Cygni, Oloris, siue Gallinae. The Swans bill. ♑ 25 48 27 31 N 19 15 3
* Pectus Cygni, siue Oloris. The Swannes brest. ♒ 19 48 38 23 N 20 11 3
* In ancone dexterae Alae. The Swannes right winge. ♒ 10 38 44 24 N 19 28 3
* In ancone sinistrae Alae. The Swannes left winge. ♒ 22 8 32 36 N 20 30 3
* In extremo eiusdem Alae. The Swannes left Pinion. ♒ 27 58 55 26 N 19 37 3
* Lucens in Cauda Delphini. The Dolphins tayle. ♒ 8 58 10 10 N 20 16 3
* Rhomboidis Delphini Australior. The south Dolph. star. ♒ 9 48 13 6 N 20 15 3
* Eiusdem Borealior. The North Dolphin starre. ♒ 11 28 15 14 N 20 19 3
* Caudae Capricorni: The former of Capricorns tayle. ♒ 16 38 17 56 S 21 19 3
* Sequens in Cauda. The next in Capricorns tayle. ♒ 17 38 17 28 S 21 23 3
* Cuspis Sagittae. The Arrow head. ♒ 1 28 18 34 N 19 40 4
* Muscida Pegasi: Alpheratz. Pegasus nostrils. ♒ 26 38 7 36 N 21 27 2
* Vitima fusionis aquae: Formahand. y e end of Aquarius streme. ♒ 28 18 33 27 S 22 39 1
* Cauda Cygni: Denebadige. The Swannes tayle. ♓ 0 28 44 7 N 20 25 2
* Crus Pegasi: scheat Alpheratz. Pegasus houghe. ♓ 23 28 25 42 N 22 44 2
* Humerus, siue Ala Pegasi. Markab Alpheratz. Pegasus wing. ♓ 17 58 13 20 N 22 45 2
* Lucens in capite Pegasi. Pegasus head. ♓ 0 38 4 32 N 21 47 3
* Cauda Ceti: Denebkaytos. The Whales tayle. ♓ 26 58 19 48 S 0 23 3
* Crus Aquarij: Scheat. Aquarius thigh. ♓ 2 58 17 22 S 22 31 3

A TABLE OF THE SONNES RIGHT ASCENSIONS, FITTED INTO HOVRES EQVALL AND minutes, to find out all the houres of night by the Starres.

Day. Ianuary. Februar. March. Aprill. Maie. Iune. Iuly. August. Septēb. Octob. Nouemb. Decemb.
  Ho. Min. Ho. Min. Ho. Min. Ho. Min Ho. Min. Ho. Min. Ho. Min Ho. Min. Ho. Min. Ho. Min. Ho. Min. Ho. Min.
1 19 33 21 41 23 27 1 20 3 12 5 16 7 20 9 22 11 16 13 5 15 5 17 14
2 19 37 21 45 23 31 1 23 3 16 5 20 7 24 9 26 11 20 13 8 15 10 17 18
3 19 41 21 48 23 35 1 27 3 20 5 25 7 28 9 29 11 24 13 12 15 14 17 22
4 19 45 21 52 23 38 1 30 3 23 5 29 7 32 9 33 11 27 13 16 15 18 17 27
5 19 50 21 56 23 42 1 34 3 27 5 33 7 36 9 37 11 31 13 20 15 22 17 31
6 19 54 22 0 23 46 1 38 3 31 5 37 7 40 9 41 11 34 13 23 15 27 17 36
7 19 58 22 4 23 49 1 41 3 35 5 41 7 44 9 45 11 38 13 27 15 31 17 40
8 20 2 22 8 23 53 1 45 3 39 5 45 7 48 9 48 11 42 13 31 15 35 17 45
9 20 6 22 12 23 56 1 49 3 43 5 49 7 52 9 52 11 45 13 35 15 39 17 49
10 20 10 22 16 0 0 1 52 3 47 5 54 7 56 9 56 11 49 13 39 15 45 17 54
11 20 14 22 20 0 3 1 56 3 51 5 58 8 0 10 0 11 53 13 42 15 47 17 58
12 20 19 22 24 0 7 2 0 3 55 6 2 8 4 10 3 11 57 13 46 15 52 18 3
13 20 23 22 28 0 10 2 3 3 59 6 6 8 8 10 7 12 0 13 50 15 56 18 7
14 20 27 22 32 0 14 2 7 4 3 6 10 8 12 10 11 12 4 13 54 16 0 18 12
15 20 32 22 35 0 17 2 11 4 7 6 14 8 16 10 14 12 7 13 58 16 4 18 16
16 20 36 22 39 0 21 2 15 4 11 6 18 8 20 10 18 12 11 14 2 16 8 18 21
17 20 40 22 43 0 24 2 19 4 15 6 23 8 24 10 21 12 14 14 6 16 13 18 25
18 20 45 22 46 0 28 2 22 4 19 6 27 8 28 10 25 12 18 14 9 16 17 18 30
19 20 49 22 50 0 32 2 26 4 23 6 31 8 32 10 29 12 21 14 13 16 21 18 34
20 20 53 22 54 0 36 2 30 4 27 6 35 8 36 10 33 12 25 14 17 16 25 18 39
21 20 57 22 58 0 39 2 34 4 31 6 39 8 40 10 36 12 28 14 21 16 30 18 43
22 21 1 23 1 0 43 2 38 4 35 6 43 8 44 10 40 12 32 14 25 16 34 18 48
23 21 5 23 5 0 47 2 41 4 40 6 47 8 47 10 43 12 35 14 29 16 38 18 52
24 21 9 23 9 0 50 2 45 4 44 6 51 8 51 10 47 12 39 14 33 16 43 18 57
25 21 13 23 12 0 54 2 49 4 48 6 56 8 55 10 51 12 43 14 37 16 47 19 1
26 21 17 23 16 0 57 2 53 4 52 7 0 8 59 10 54 12 46 14 41 16 50 19 6
27 21 21 23 20 1 1 2 57 4 56 7 4 9 3 10 58 12 50 14 45 16 56 19 10
28 21 25 23 23 1 5 3 1 5 0 7 8 9 7 11 1 12 54 14 49 17 0 19 15
29 21 29   1 8 3 4 5 4 7 12 9 10 11 5 12 57 14 53 17 5 19 19
30 21 33   1 12 3 8 5 8 7 16 9 14 11 9 13 1 14 57 17 9 19 24
31 21 37   1 16   5 12   9 18 11 13   15 1   19 28

CERTEINE FIXED STARRES, WHICH best fit the Crosse staffe, calculated as touching their declination for the beginning of the yeare, 1586.

      Mag. Declin. Deg. Mi.  
* This fixed starre is euer in the Meridian when the Guards are aloft in the South-east part of the heauen. Alhabor, or great Dogge. The South starre. 1 15. 55 S The Haruest starre.
* This is in the Meridian, when the former starres are in the East part of heauen. Alphard. The brightest of Hydra. 3 5. 3 S The Winter starre.
* This is in the Meridian, when the Guards are North and by East. Azimech. The Virgins spike. 1 8. 53 S A Winter starre.
* This is in the Meridian, when the Guards are in the North-west. Antares. The Scorpions heart. 2 26. 27 S The Spring starre.
* This is in the Meridian, when the Guards are in the West and by North. The brightest in Sagitta­ries brest. 3 26.27 S A Summer starre.
* This is in the Meridian, when the Guards are in the South-west. Deneb kaytos. The Whales tayle. 3 19.48 S A Summer starre.

THE VVAY TO FINDE OVT THE HEIGHT OF THE POLE BY THE STARRES WHICH ARE WITHIN the Tropicks declining from the Aequator.

FIrst you haue the South star called Alhabor, or the great dog, which declineth from the Aequator 15. deg. 55. min. to the South­wardes. Take his distance from the Zenith, and substract from it the degrees and minuts of the declination, because it is Sou­therly, the remainder sheweth the height of the Pole. But if the Poles height must be sought for by Orions right shoulder: ad to his distance from the Zenith, 6. deg. 19. minutes of the declina­tion, because it is Northward, and you shall finde that you seeke for.

But if you will finde it out by Orions left foote: substract from the distaunce thereof to the Zenith 9. degrees. 10. minutes of the declination, because it is Southward: the rest, sheweth the height of the Pole. And in like maner shall you proceede by the first of Orions girdle. For substracting from the distaunce thereof to the Zenith, one degree, 16. minutes of Southerne declination, the re­sidue is the Poles height. So may you doe with all the starres which are with­in the Tropicks, declining from the Aequator: so that their declinations both Southerne and Northerne in the iust degrees and minutes, be first knowne vn­to you. For if the declination be Southward, it must be subducted from the Ze­nithes distance: but if Northward, added: and then the whole some, or the re­mainder will demonstrate the height of the Pole. The meridian height of the Starre is taken by the crosse staffe, or other fit instrumentes, and being deduc­ted from 90. degrees, sheweth you the distance from the zenith.

The Poles height may also be found, by the starres, which turne about the Pole within the Arcticke circle, and euery 24. houres passe the meridian twise, vnder and ouer the Pole: so that you may take them twise in one day, if occasion serue: for example. The middle starre of the Guardes in Vrsa minor, declineth from the Acquinoctiall, 75. degrees, 40. minutes: distant from the Pole both a­boue and vnder, 14. degrees 20. minutes. Take his meridian height, and adde to it the degrees of the Poles distance, if it be aboue: or substract it, if it be vnder: the summe or the remainder wil shew the eleuation. The same way must you worke by the stars of Vrsa maior (which are more in number) so that you certainly know their distances from the Pole, being vnder or aboue by adding (as is sayd) the degrees of the distance, to the Altitude which you finde, if it be aboue the Pole, or subtracting, if it be vnder.

So may you worke with the rest of the starres, which can be seene and ap­plied to vse by Nauigatours.

A DECLARATION OF THIS instrument which followeth.

IN the compasse and borders of the vttermost circle, there is set down the circulare course of the Guardes in Vrsa Minor, as they turne in al the 8. points of the instrument or compasse about the North starre: which haue also certeine numbers assigned both to be added and substracted, so that when the said starres come in any of those pointes, you must adde or substract the number which is there marked. You must also know, that all the stars do passe the meridian: but euery one in a seuerall declination from the Aequator.

The other compasse or circle, which moueth, hath the chiefest of these starres which enuiron the Pole, or are caried round within the Tropikes of Cancer and Ca­pricorne. The Northerne stars serue to finde out without difficultie the houres of the night at any time of y e yere, especially the Guardes in Vrsa Minor: which on the 30. day of Aprill at midnight stand North, aboue the Pole, and then is it 12. a clocke at after midnoone. And after 15. dayes, the said stars remaine in the same place, at eleuen a clock at night, and at the ende of May, at ten a clock: so that in euery 24. houres: by 4. minutes of an houre they preuent the same place, and in euery 15. dayes, one houre sooner, they become North aboue the pole: which if any man do rightly mark, he may easely find out y e houre of y e night at any time.

But if you will fitly apply to this purpose of the South starres, the greatest part whereof do moue within the Tropikes of Cancer and Capricorn: you shal turne about the vppermost round circle or the moueable wheele, wherein the Guardes of Vrsa minor are purtraied: & taking y e same point in this circle, you shal set it right vpon the Southeast poynt of the compasse, where you shal beginne: Then the Southerne starre which is called Canis Maior, and Alhabor will stand in the Meri­dian about 16. degrees from the Aequator. Three houres after when the said stars are in the East point, Lucida hydrae which is also called Alphard, standeth in the Me­ridian: and right aboue it is placed the Maunger or Nebulosa Cancri. But when the same stars are North northeast and North & by East, then Spica virginis standeth in the Meridian: and about 4. houres after, when those Guardes or watchers of Vrsa minor being mounted higher, possesse the N. w. region of the firmament: Cor Scorpii standeth in the Meridian, declining from the Aequator almost 25. degrees. But when the sayd stars beare west and by North, then Lucida Sagittarii keepeth the Meridian, but when you haue brought it west Southwest, Fomahand keepeth the meridian. Both the latter starres haue a great declination from the Aequator then the rest: for the one beareth to the Southward 26. degrees & 27. minutes: and the other 33. degrees, and 27. minutes. Now if the said watch stars stand South southwest, then the VVhales Tayle keepeth the meridian, declining, 19. de­grees 48. minutes Southward from the Aequatot. But if the said starres be South and by East, and South southeast. The Buls eie, and Orion shal possesse the midnoone stead. After an houre and halfe the great Dogge returneth again to the meridian. All these rehearsed starres, do most of all agree and serue fitly for the obseruation of Nauigators, which are made with the crosse staffe, or o­ther instruments. Two or three of these may be cut in the transuersarie of your staffe which must be long or short, according as the declination of the starre is Southerly. For that which hath a greater declining from the Aequinoctial, requi­reth a shorter crosse or transuersarie, which beneath in the making of the sea crosse staffe, is more largely delared.

Yet we would haue the reader admonished, that the Guards or watchers are placed in this Instrumenc exactly opposite to their due place: leauing neuerthe­lesse the two greater starres of those Guards, in their owne place betweene the Pole starre and the Dragons tayle: that thereby may be knowne, what starres are in the meridian, when the Guardes, are in those points. But let the vpper part of the booke, which representeth the North, be turned to the South, and yet in such sort, that the East poynt, may be right Eastward. For so shall these stars stand in order. Afterwardes the booke may be turned and tossed at plea­sure, so that heede be taken, that you misse not in the point of the compasse.

[...]
AN INSTRVMENT VRANICALL OR MOVEABLE COMPASS FOR THE STARRES

❧ OF THE MAKING AL maner of the Sea crosse staues.

TO make a crosse staffe, first you must draw a circle with your compasse, and diuide it with two diameters into foure qua­drants, of which the nethermost must be parted into 9. euen portions: and euery one of them subdiuided into ten euen parts: of which ech againe must be diuided into two equall sections, which by imagination are to be diuided into fiue partes, so that ech quadrant thus disparted by fiue, shall conteine 90. partes, This done, draw forth at length your nethermost halfe diameter, which repre­senteth the staffe. And then on eche side of the circle, to the vtmost border draw two right lines, of [...] distance and length with the line of your staffe. Then from the highest poynt of the vppermost halfe diameter, draw seuerall lines, by the seuerall partitions of the inferiour quadrants, vnto the border of the vtmost lines, according to the length of your staffe: as is here euidently taught in this present patterne. These thinges finished: you shall make your transuersarie or crosse, according to the length of the whole diameter: but so that the midst of it, touch the marckes of the first degrees of the staffe. And if any man wil make a longer transuersarie: hee must remoue the lines, which are on eyther side of the circle, so farre off from the circle, as he would lengthen his Crosse: And then, as before, draw the lines of degrees from the top of the vpper halfe diameter, to the inmost verge of the vtter lines. The length of the crosse shall alwayes be such, that it may reach from 30. to 60. degrees, but so that these degrees may be discerned, at both ends of it.

The making of a crosse staffe, seruing for diuers South starres.

FIrst you must obserue by the Guardes, what stars are in the meridian? for example. The great dogge, which is also called the South starre, declining neere 16. degrees from the Aequator: from which you must be­gin to number: but so that the midst of your crosse, and the nether part of your staffe: conteine exactly 16. degrees which, there beginning to recken, shal end descending to the Aequator: from whence againe ascending: the numbers are ingrauen to the staues end, as the Patterne following setteth cleerely before your eyes. And if you will make a crosse for some other more Southerly starre, to wit, which declineth 20. or 25. degrees from the Aequator: then you must be­ginne your accompt from the same degree vnto the Aequator, and then North­ward vnto the ende of the staffe, as before. But if you will apply your Crosse vnto those stars, which haue Northerne declination: as are the right and left shoulder of Orion: of which the one declineth from the Aequator Northward six degrees and ½ the other fiue degrees, and ¼: you must begin your reckoning, at like degrees, vnto which afterwardes you add as many moe, from the first de­gree of the Aequator: in such order that the midst of the crosse, and the nether end of the staffe, may exactly touch the Aequinoctiall, although the beginning was taken higher and more to the North. In this maner may a crosse staffe be made perfect, and applied to all sortes of stars, as may be seene in the Patterne.

THE MAKING OF A CROSSTAF

❧ HOVV TO DRAVV and vse a true and perfect Sea Carde.

FIrst with a large paire of compasses, you must drawe a circle: and then deuide it with two diameters in 4. euen quarters: euery of which is to be subdiuided in foure equall partes, to represent the sixteene pointes of the com­passe. This done, draw first the lines of East, VVest, South and North: next of Southest, Northwest, South­west, Northeast. Then of west Southwest, East North­east, South Southeast. North Northwest, East Southeast, South south­west: VVest Northwest, North, Northeast: And lastly the bywindes, as west and by South, South and by west, and so forth, which must from poynt to poynt be extended, vntill all the poyntes be drawen.

Your Sea-card in this sort drawen: get in a readines a perfect patterne of some Sea-card: and fasten it vnder yours in such maner, that the lines of the one, may answere the lines of the other, which done, set thē both vp­on some table of glasse, against the light, and draw your Carde with black leade, that ye may after perfect it with your penne. For so shall you haue an absolute, and authenticall Sea-carde.

It remaynes to intreate of the vse of it. Suppose you are to sayle from the Lizard, or from Vshant to Spaine or the Tercera (which is one of the Flemishe Ilands) heere must you take a course fit for your voyage, placing your center, or first pricke in that poynt, so farre distant in the Carde from the saide countries, as you gesse your selfe to be distant indeede: that so begin­ning at this pricke, for one or two 24. houres space, you may holde your course Southwest or Southwest and by South. Then take two paire of compasses, and with one paire measure the leagues, which by gesse you you haue run, extending it so long, till the feete of both paire meete: There with a blunt needle or the sharpe foote of the compasse, you shall make a new pricke, which may be defaced againe with chalke.

But if you happen to shape an other course, to wit, to the South South­west, or west Southwest: then must you commit to memorie how farre you haue sayled, and runne on this or that poynt. VVherefore it auayleth sometimes to cast out a line a stearne, with a lead to it, fastened to a pole or some peece of woode, and setting the compasse aloft in the poope, to consi­der how much the ship goeth to the Leeward, or misseth of the intended course, that you may lesse erre in gessing your course. This done, with one paire of cōpasses measure the leagues frō the last prick; but with the other the course or poynt: and there againe make a new pricke: and so forwards. For one foot of the compasse must be set vpon that line in the Card, which aunswereth neerest to that point or course on which you haue sayled: and with the other foote must you seeke the ships course: But with the other paire you must compare with your kale how many leagues you haue run.

It is commendable euery 24. houres, to pricke the Carde once, and set downe how much you haue sayled and made: that in the degrees of the Carde you may see, what height you are in, and how all capes and coasts beare from you. It is also a goodly matter for the master euery morning and euening to write, or cause to be written downe, what course and vppon what point he hath runne: that afterwardes also in his Sea-card this may be noted and considered how the capes and chanells beare from hym: whosoeuer shall vse such a Sea Carde, as is here described: shall enioy thereby no small oportunitie and commoditie, in right sea-faring.

THE COVRSES OF ALL THE COASTES OF HOLLAND, ZELAND, Fraunce, and Spaine, vppon what poynt and in what distaunce they are.
  • FRom the Ile of Texel vnto Egmont, South and by west. leagues 5.
  • From Egmont vnto the Maze, s. s. w. leag. 11.
  • From the Maze vnto the VVielinge, s. w. leag. 12.
  • From the VVieling vnto the head or straite betwene Douer and Calice, w. s. w. leag. 18.
  • From the Ile of VValckeren or Flushing vnto Calice, s. w. and by w. leag. 22.
  • From Blacknesse vnto Deepe, s. s. w. leag. 12.
  • From Deepe vnto Seyne head, or the riuer of Seyne, w. s. w. leag. 11.
  • From the Seyne head to the riuer of Cane, s. w. leag. 8.
  • From thence vnto Cape de la Hague, N. w. leag. 12.
  • From thence vnto the Caskets, w. and by n. leag. 8.
  • From the Caskets to Garnsey, s. w. and by w. leag. 4.
  • From Garnsey to S. Malo, s. s. e. leag. 10.
  • From Garnsey to the Sept Iles, s. w. and by s. leag. 12.
  • From the 7. Iles to S. Poul, w. s. w. leag. 8.
  • From thence to the Fourne, w. s. w. leag. 10.
  • From the Caskets to the Fourne, s. w. & by w. leag. 34.
  • From the Fourne to S. Mathews poynt, s. s. e. leag. 3.
  • From thence to Fontenau or Fonteynes. s. & by e. leag. 5.
  • From Vshant to the Seams, seaboord it, South leag. 7.
  • From Fontenau to the west Pennemarques, s. e. leag. 7.
  • From thence vnto the Ile of Croye, E. & by s. leag. 12.
  • From the west Pennemarques to Bel Ile. E. s.e. leag. 15.
  • From thence to Heys somewhat more easterly, South East, leag. 12.
  • From thence agayne vntill within Piquelier, East and South, leag. 10.
  • From thence agayne vnto Croysill, E. & by s. leag. 9.
  • From Picquelier vnto Heys, s. and by w. leag. 5.
  • From Heys to the Kiliats, East South-east. leag. 10.
  • From the Ile of Heys to Porthuys, South-east and by East. leag. 12.
  • From S. Martins Iland to the burning Ile. South-east and by East, leag. 3.
  • From the burning Ile to the Oyster banke, South South-east, leag. 3.
  • From S. Martins Ile to the tower of Cordam, South and by East, leag. 12.
  • From thence vnto Bayone, S. and N. leag. 28.
  • From Bayone to Orio, w. southwest, leag. 5.
  • From Orio vnto S. Ian de Luz. E. S. E. leag. 6.
  • From Orio vnto S. Andrew, w. and by s. leag. 20.
  • From S. Andrew to Cap de Pennas, E. and w. leag. 30.
  • From Cap de Pennas to Ribadeo, s. w. & by w. leag. 12.
  • From Cap de Pennas to Ortegal, w. & by w. leag. 20.
  • From Ortegal vnto Ribadeo, S. E. leag. 14.
  • From Ortegal vnto the Ile of Cizarga, South-west and by west, leag. 13.
  • From Cizarga vnto Coronna, E. S. E. leag 6,
  • From thence vnto Cap de Coriana, w. S. w. leag. 10.
  • From Coriona to Cap Finisterre, S. and N. leag. 3.
  • From Finisterre vnto Bayone, s e. & by s. leag. 14.
  • From Bayone vnto Port de Port, s s. east. leag. 18.
  • From Port de Port to Aueiro, S. and by N. leag. 8.
  • From Aueiro to Montega, s. s. w. leag. 5.
  • From Montega vnto the Barlinges, s. w. leag. 12.
  • From the Barlinges to Roxende, s. and by e. leag. 12.
  • From Roxende to S. Vues poynt, South-east and by south, leag. 8.
  • From thence vnto Cape S. Vincent, South and North, leag. 24.
  • From thence vnto Pharo, East. and west. leag. 14.
  • From Pharo vnto Lepe, N. E. and by E. leag. 12.
  • From Pharo to Saltees, E. North-east. leag. 18.
  • From Saltees to Chipiona, South-east leag. 8,
  • From Chipiona to Calis Malis, South-east leag. 6.
  • From Calis vnto the straight of Gibraltar, South south-east. leag. 8
  • From Calis vnto Cap de Cantin, South-west and by south, leag. 60.
  • From Cap de Cantin to the Ile of Madera, w. leag. 104
  • From Cape S. Vincent to Madera, South-west and by west, leag. 115.
  • From Roxende to Madera, South-west leag. 130.
  • From Roxende to the Ile of Tercera, west leag. 210.
THE COVRSES OF ENGLAND, Ireland, and Scotland.
  • FRom Boecknes vnto Leeth in Scotland, South South-west, leagues 28.
  • From Leeth vnto Barwicke, S. south-east. leag. 8.
  • From Barwicke vnto the Holy Ile, E. S.E. leag. 4.
  • From S. Abbes head to the Easterne end of Farne Iles, south-east leag. 6.
  • From the Iles of Farne to the Tees mouth, South south-east, leag. 16.
  • From the Riuer of Tees to Flamborough head, South-east and by East, leag. 14.
  • From Flamborough head to Blackney, S. E. leag. 18.
  • From Blackney vnto VVinterton, south-east leag. 8.
  • From VVinterton vnto Lestoft, s. & by east. leag. 8.
  • From Lestoft vnto Orford hauen, south. leag. 7.
  • From Orford vnto the Forland, S. south-east. leag. 13.
  • From the Forland to Douer, south. leag. 5.
  • From Douer to the Shingles, or the Nesse poynt, south-west and by west, leag. 7.
  • From the Nesse poynt vnto the Beache, w.s.w. leag. 6.
  • From the Beache to the Ile of VVight, west and by south. leag. 15.
  • From VVight vnto Portland. w. and by s. leag. 10.
  • From Portland to the Start poynt, w. s. w. leag. 14
  • From the Start vnto Ramshead poynt, w.n.w. leag. 6.
  • From Ramshead vnto Dudmans poynt, w.s.w. leag. 8.
  • From Dudman to the Lezard poynt, south-west and by west. leag. 6.
  • From the Lezard to the Iles of Seellye, w. leag. 12.
  • From the Lezard to the Lands-end, w. n. w. leag. 8.
  • From Englands end vnto the Ile of Lundy, North-east. leag. 14.
  • From thence vnto the Holines of Bristol. North-east and by East. leag. 16.
  • From thence to the Ile of Caldie. w. s. w. leag. 12.
  • [Page]From thence to the Iles of Salteys, on the coastes of Ireland, west north-west, leagues 20
  • From Salteys to Cape Cleere, w. south-west. leag. 25
  • From Cape Cleere to the Ile of Dorsey, west, leag 12
  • From the poynt of Dorsey to the Ile Blakem, North north-west. leag. 16
  • From Blakem vnto the Iles called Arran, North north-east, leag. 14
  • From the Iles of Arran to Galwicke, or the Galfe in Ireland, East north-east, leag. 6
OF DIVERS AND SVNDRY Courses ouer the VVesterne Seas.
  • FRom the Texel on the coasts of Holland, to Flamborough, west north-west, leagues 45
  • From Texel vnto VVintertowne in Norf. w. leag 32
  • From the Ile of Texel vnto Lestoft, w. & by s. leag. 28
  • From the Riuer of the Maze in south Holland vnto Harwich in Suffolke, west, leag. 26
  • From the said Maze to the forland of England, west and by south, leag. 25
  • From the Marsdeep in North Holland, to the said forland, south-west, leag. 36
  • From the said Marsdeep to Calice, s.w. & by s. leag. 38
  • From Douer vnto Bulloyne, south-east, leag. 8
  • From Bolloyne to the Beache, west, leag. 16
  • From the Beache to Deepe in Normandy, s e. leag. 18
  • From Deepe vnto the Ile of VVight, E.s.e. leag. 28
  • From VVight to the Seyne head, or mouth s.e. leag. 20
  • From the said riuer of Seyne to Portland w.n.w. lea 30
  • From the Ile of VVight vnto the Caskets, South-west and by south, leag. 14
  • From Garnsey into S. Malo in Normandy, s.s.e. leag. 8
  • From the Caskets to Portland, N. and by w. leag. 10
  • From the Caskets to the Start poynt, w.n.w. leag. 16
  • From the Start to the Sept Iles in Normandy, South south-east, leag. 24
  • From the Start to S. Poul in Nor. s. & by w. leag. 22
  • From S. Poul to Portland, N.E. and by N. leag. 32
  • From the Fornes to Ramshead, N. N. E. leag. 28
  • From the Start poynt vnto Vshant, s.w & by s. leag. 32
  • From the Forne to the Lezard, S. and N. leag. 22
  • From Vshant to the Iles of Silley, N. n. w. leag. 26
  • From the Sorlings to Milford hauen, N. & by E. leag. 25
  • From the Sorlinges to VVexford in Ireland, North north-west, leag. 34
  • From the Sorlings to Cape Cleere, N.w. leag. 42
  • From Cape Cleere to Cape Finisterre, S. & N. leag. 130
  • From the Lezard to Cape Finisterre in Galicia, South south-west, leag. 112
  • From Vshant vnto the Ile of Cizarga in Galicia, South south-west, leag. 85
  • From Vshant to Laredo in Biscay, S. southeast. leag. 85
  • From the Seames rockes to S. Sebastian in Biscay, South-east and by south, leag. 90
  • From Vshant againe to Cape de Pennas in Biscay, South and North. leag. 70
  • From Bel Ile vnto Ortegal in Galicia, s. w. leag. 75
  • From S. Martins Ile to Ortegal, w. s. w. leag. 85
  • From Ortegal to Cape de Coriana, s.w. & by w. leag. 24
  • From Cape de Finisterre to the Iles of S. Michael, west south-west. leag. 185
  • From S. Michael to the Ile of Tercera, N.w. leag. 26
  • From Cape de Finisterre to the Ile of Madera, south-west and by west, leag. 190
  • From Madera vnto the great Ile Canarie, South and by East, leag. 60
  • From Cape de Finisterre to Bayone in Galicia, south-east and by east, leag. 15
  • From Cap de Finisterre to the Iles Barlinges, South and North, leag. 50
  • From the Barlinges in Portugal to the Ile Canarie, south south-west, leag. 170
  • From the Ile of Madera to Calis Malis, E.n.e. leag. 150
  • From Calis to Cape de Cantin, s w. & by s. leag. 65
  • From Cape de S. Vincent to Cape de Cantin, south and north, leag. 62
  • From Cape de Vincent vnto the Ile of Madera, south-west and by west, leag. 120
  • From Roxent in Portugal vnto the Ile of Tercera, East and west, leag. 210
THE COVRSES OF NOR­way, Swedeland, & Eastfinland.
  • FRom Schuytenes to the Vesteen, s. & by e. leag. 4
  • From Veesteen or VVostone to the Iedder, south south-east, leag. 4
  • From the Iedder to the Vorsteen or forstone, s.e. leag. 5
  • From the Forstone to the Noes, E. southeast, leag. 6
  • From the Noes vnto Reperwick, E. N. E. leag. 8.
  • From Reperwick to Mardou, North-east, leag. 10
  • From Mardou vnto Iofferland, North-east, leag. 8
  • From Iofferland to Langhesondt, N. N. E. leag. 1
  • From Longhsondt to Ferderoer, N.E. & by E. leag. 6
  • From Ferderoer vnto Soenwater, North leag. 6
  • From Ferderor vnto Roeghe, N. north-east, leag. 4
  • From Ferderoer vnto Akersond, E. north-east, leag. 6
  • From Akersond to Maesterland, S.E. and by s. leag. 14
  • From Pater noster to Nydinck, south-east, leag. 8
  • From Nydinck to VVaerberghe, s. e. & by e. leag. 4
  • From VVaersberoghe to Swederoer, s. s, e leag. 6
  • From Swederoer vnto Col, s, south-west. leag. 3
  • From Col vnto Lappesandt, south-east, leag. 3
  • From Lappesandt vnto VVeen, s. south-east, leag. 2
  • From VVeen vnto Drakerriff, s. & by east, leag. 7
  • From Drakerriff to Steden, s. and by w. leag. 4
  • From Steden vnto the North end of Bornholm, East and by North, leag. 15
  • From Bornholm vnto Anno, N. and by w. leag. 8
  • From Anno vnto the Rockes, North-east, leag 8
  • From the Rocks vntill within the Calmersond, North north-east, leag. 10
  • From Calmersond to the Sweedish Ionckfrou, North north-east, leag. 8
  • From the Ionckfrou to Landsoort, N. N. E. leag. 8
  • From thence vntil before Duyrhauen, n.e. & by e. leag. 8
  • From the Stockhoms Schares to view of Abo, North-east and by North, leag. 24
  • From Vieu vnto Luns Vtschares, E.N.E. leag. 28
  • From the Vtschares to y e Ile Putsuagro, e. & by n. lea. 30
  • From thence vnto Somere, E. and by w. leag. 9.
  • From Somere to the red Hol of VViburgh N.E. leag. 9
  • From the Red hole to Traelsand, N.E. & by N. leag. 2
  • From thence vnto VViburgh. leag. 2
DIVERS COVRSES VPON the whole Easterne Sea.
  • FRom Bornriff to Bouenberghe, N. N. E. leag. 45
  • From Bouenberghe to the Noes, N.N.w. leag. 24
  • From the Noes vnto the Eems, S. and by E. leag. 58
  • [Page] From the Noes to Borntiff, S. and N. leag. 75
  • From the Noes vnto the Ile of VValckeren in Zealand, South and by west, leag. 92
  • From the Noes to the Holmes before Yer­mouth, south south-west, leag. 80
  • From the Noes vnto Tynemouth, S.w. & by w leag. 78
  • From the Noes vnto Bocknes, west. leag. 68
  • From the Noes vnto the Holmes, south-east. leag. 17.
  • From the Noes vnto Sckaghen, East and west. leag. 25.
  • From Sckaghen vnto Mardou, N. w. leag 16
  • From Sckaghen to Langhsond, N. N. w. leag. 16.
  • From Sckagen to the Ferdet, N. and by w. leag. 15.
  • From Sckagen to Maesterland, E.N.E. leag. 10
  • From Sckagen to the Trindell, S.E. and by E. leag. 7
  • From the Trindell of Lesou, vnto Anout, s.e. leag. 8
  • From Anout to Col. South southeast. leag. 9
  • From Col to Aselyn on Zealand in Den-marcke, south west and by west. leag. 8
  • From Aselyn to Steuens head. w.N.w. leag. 14
  • From Falsterboner riffe to VVitmont, s.e. & by s. lea. 14
  • From Steden to Bornholme, E. and by S. leag. 16
  • From Bornholm to Reefcol, east and by north. leag. 20
  • From Bornholm to Coolsberghe. south-east. leag. 10
  • From Bornholm vnto the Rocke, north n.e. leag. 15
  • From Bornholm to Houbourgh, n.e. leag. 38
  • From Houbourgh to Rygs head, south and N. leag. 28
  • From Houbourgh vnto the VVindou, E.N.E. leag. 26
  • From Oostergarde vnto the VVindou, E. & w. leag. 20
  • From the VVindou to Dageroort, N.E & by n. leag. 28
  • Frō Dageroort, vnto the Gotsche sand, n, e. & by. n. lea. 18
  • From Dageroort vnto the Vieu, N.w. & by N. leag. 10
  • From the Gotsche sand to Bouschaer, N. & by E. leag. 15
  • From Marien vnto Elsenuos, N.N.E. leag. 14
THE COVRSES OF FRISLAND, IVT­land, Pomeren, Courland, and Lyffland.
  • FRom Maers deepth in Holland, to Bornriff, n.e. lea. 10
  • From Bornriff to VVrangherooch, E.N.E. leag. 26
  • From VVrangherooch, to Holy land, north, leag. 5
  • From holy land vnto the Riuer of Elue, southeast and by east. leag. 6
  • From Holy land to the Riuer of Eyder, East and by North. leag. 6
  • From Holy land vnto Rypen, Northeast and by North. leag. 12
  • From Rypen, vnto Bouenbergh, N. n.w. leag. 25
  • From Bouenberghe to Holmen, N. N. E. leag. 6
  • From Holmen vnto Robbenknuyt, northeast. leag. 8
  • From Robbenknuyt to Sckaghen, north n.e. leag. 9
  • From Sckaghen vnto Zebay, south & by w. leag. 6
  • From Zebay vnto Hals, s and by w. leag. 5
  • From Hals vnto Steuens-head, s. s. E. leagues. 5
  • From Steuens-head to the great Helm, s.s.w. leag. 6
  • From the great Helm, vnto wero, s.s.E. leag. 3
  • From wero, vnto Bolsack, s. s. w. leag. 3
  • From Bolsack to Sproo, s. s. E. leag. 8
  • From Sproo, vnto Longh-land, s. E. leag. 3
  • From Longh-land, vnto Lalants haeck or hoocke, south and North. leagues. 7
  • From thence vnto Femeren, s.E. leagues. 4
  • From the Isle of Femeren, to the Rae of Lubeck. south south west. leagues. 8
  • From Rae to Crycer-oort, N. E and s. w. lea. 4
  • From Cruyceroort, vnto Robbenes, northeast and by East. leag. 12
  • From Robbenes, to VVitmont, n. E and by E. leag. 8
  • From VVitmont, to Iasmont, s. E. and by E. leag. 2
  • From Iasmont, to the Paert, s. s. e. leag. 2
  • From the Paert, vnto Colsberghe, E. n. e. leag 12
  • From Colsberghe vnto Garshooft or head, north east and by north, leagues, 10
  • From Garshead, vnto Reefcol, E.N.E. leag. 4
  • Frō Reefcol, vnto the Risschehooft or head. E.n.c. lea. 12
  • From Rishe [...], vnto Heel, s.e. leag. 6
  • From Heel, vnto the VVissel of Danzick, s. & by w. lea. 4
  • Frō thence, to Conincxberghe deepth, n.E. & by E. lea. 10
  • From thence, to the Memel, n.N.E. leag. 12
  • From the Memel, to Zeuenberghe, n.n.w. leag. 8
  • From Zeuenberow, vnto y e VVindou, N. & by E. lea. 14
  • From the VVindou, vnto Lyseroert, N.E. & by E. leag. 4
  • From Lyseroert, to Domsnes, E.N.E. leag. 8
  • From Domsnes, vnto Runen, E. and w. leag. 6
  • From Runen, vnto Rygh, S.E. leag. 12
  • From Rygh, vnto Pernouth, N. and by E. leag. 14
  • From Pernouth, vnto the East end of the Olsel, west northwest. leag. 10
  • From thence, vnto the Swalawcroort, n.E. leag. 14
  • From thence, vnto Dagheroort, n.n.w. leag. 18
  • From thence, vnto Zyburgsnes, n.E. leag. 6
  • From Zybourghsnes, to Oitkens Holm. n.e. & by e. lea. 5
  • From Oitkins holm, to Narien, E.n.E. leag. 6
  • From Narien, vnto VVrangher, E. leag. 6
  • From VVrangher, vnto Eke-holm, E. and by s. leag. 7
  • From Eke-holm, vnto the Narue, E. and by s. leag. 12
  • From the Narue, vnto the Russe-haecke, n. leag. 4
  • From the Russche-hookes, to VVybourgh, north-east and by n. leag. 16
  • From the High Iland, vnto the Narue, s.e. leag. 10
  • From Highland, vnto Somere, n.e. and by E. leag. 10
  • From Highland, vnto Narien, w.s.w. leag. 20
  • From Narien to Luz, by the Scheeres, n.n.w. leag. 8
  • From Vieu, vnto Bouscher, s.w. and by s. leag. 12
  • From Bouschaer, vnto the great Carell, s s.w. leag. 10
  • From thence, to the South end of Godtland, s.e. and by s. leag. 6
  • From Houbergh, vnto the Ryghs head, South and by east. leag. 26
  • From Houbergh, to the South end of Oeland. south-west and by west, leag. 18
  • From Oelandt, vnto Bornholm, s.w. and by s. leag. 20
  • From Oelandt, to the Rygish head. s.e. leag. 22
  • From Bornholm, vnto VVitmondt, s.w. leag. 9
  • From Dorenbosch, vnto Moen, n.w. leag. 7
  • From Moen, vnto Gheester riffe, s.s.w. leag. 6
  • From Gheester riff, vnto Lubecke, s.w. and by w. lea. 14
The Sea courses on the backside of Moscouie, and generallie of all our trafficks.
  • FRom Candalex, vnto Ombay, s.e. and by e. leag. 10
  • From Ombay, vnto Stalsland. south east. leag. 8
  • From Stalsland, vnto VVarsiga, E.s.E. leag. 12
  • From VVarsiga, vnto Caroa, E.s.E. leag. 8
  • From Carea, vnto Karswyck, E. leag. 5
  • From Karswyck, vnto Polongi, E.n.E. leag. 6
  • From Polongi, vnto Sautsnawitz, n.e. by e. leag. 6
  • From Sautsnawits, vnto the Iles, n.n.E. leag. 10
  • From the three Iles, to Orlogonos, n.n.w. leag. 4
  • From Orlogonos, to Sweetonos, n.w. and by n. leag. 12
  • From Sweetonos, to the Seuen Iles, s.E. leag. 18
  • From the Seuen Iles, vnto Kildin, s.E. leag. 24
  • [Page] From Kildin to Lauwes, N.w. and by N. leag. 8
  • From Lauwes to Oosterhauen, S.E. leag. 10
  • Frō Oosterhauen to VVaerhuys, N.w. & by N. leag. 10
  • From VVaerhuys to Matcorf, N.w. leag. 10
  • From Matcorf to Northkin w.N.w. leag. 12
  • From Northkin to the North Cape E. and w. leag. 10
  • From the North Cape or Loppe to Trompsont w.S.w. leag. 40
  • From Trompsont to Lof foote, S.w. leag. 38
  • From Lof-foote to Rust, S.S.w. leag. 25
  • From Rust, to Stad S.w. more S. leag. 90
  • From Stad to Berghen, S. and N. leag. 30
  • From Berghen, vnto the VVtsiers, S. and by E. leag. 30
  • From the VVtsiers, to the Noes, S.E. leag. 29
  • From Schaghen, to the Riff, s.w. and by w. leag. 24
  • From the Riff, to Calice by Flaunders, s.s.w. leag. 95
  • From the Heads to the Shingles, or Nesse poynt S.w. and by w. leag. 9
  • From the Nesse poynt to Beachy, w.s.w. leag. 7
  • From Beachy to the Ile of wight, w. and by s. leag. 15
  • From VVight, to the Start poynt, w. and by s. leag. 26
  • From the Start to without Vshant, S. w. & by w. leag. 30
  • From Vshant to Cizarga, s.s.w leag. 86
  • From Cizarga to Cape de Finisterre, w.s.w. leag 12
  • From Cape de Finisterre to the Barlings S. and N. leag. 50
  • From Cape de Finisterre to the Ter [...]ra, w. and by S. leag. 120
  • From Cape de Finisterre to the Ile Madera, S. w. and by S. leag. 180
  • From Madera to the great Canarie, s. & by E. leag. 60
  • From Forteventura to Palma, w. leag. 60
  • From Porto Santo to Madera, s.w. leag. 10
  • From Porto Santo to Cape S. Vincent, N. E. and by E. leag. 104
  • From Cape S. Vincent to Lanes, E. and by N. leag. 5
  • From Lanes to Pharo, E. and by s. leag 20
  • From Pharo or Cape de S. Maria to Auila, N.E. leag. 4
  • From Faro to Leep N.E. and by E. leag. 13
  • From Faro vnto Saltees, E.N.E. leag. 18
  • From Cape de Maria to Rodun, E. and by N. leag. 22
  • From Cape de Maria to Chipiona E. leag. 23
  • From Cape de Maria to Calis Malis, E. and by s. leag. 28
  • From Cape de Maria to the Straict, s. E. and by E. leag. 36
  • The Straict of Gibraltar hath his course through, E. and by N. leag. 5
  • From the Straict of Gibraltar, to Malaga, N.E. leag. 28
  • From Malaga to Almeria, E. leag. 28
  • From Almeria to Cape de Gates E. and by S. leag. 5
  • From Cape de Gates to new Cartagena, N.E. leag. 28
  • From Cape de Palo to Cape de Martin, N.N.E. lea 32
  • From Cape de Martin to Valentia, N.N.w. leag. 10
  • From Valentia, vnto Tortosa, N.E. leag. 18
  • From Valentia to Cape de Calo, N.E. leag. 9
  • From Cape de Calo to Barzelona. N.E. and by E. leag. 16

THE LATITVDES OR ALTITVDES OF THE Pole of the most famous places, poynts, and Capes, both of the Easterne and Westerne Nauigation.

  De. Mi.
THe Iles of Solosky lie in 64 45
Ombay in 64 40
S. Nicolas in 64 40
Kildine in 69 34
The North cape of Norway. 71 30
Samien Ilands. 70 0
The Slorp, or Mousko streame. 67 39
Dronten. 64 30
Stadt. 62 0
Boukenes of the Noes, and the Schaw. 57 50
Berghen in Norway. 60 20
The South cape of Yzland. 65 36
Wiben Iland. 65 10
The North cape of Yzland. 68 35
Grinsas Ile. 68 40
The Southwest end of Groen­land. 73 0
Faharil 59 40
Reuel in Lifland. 59 55
Window, and Eastergart. 57 40
Bornholm. 55 20
The Sound. 56 10
Bouenberghen. 56 38
Heylich or Holy land. 54 30
The Eems, or Borkom. 53 48
The Flie. 53 34
Texel. 53 8
The Maze. 52 0
Rammekens, or Walkeren. 51 25
Douer. 51 12
Portland. 50 40
The Caskets. 49 44
Vshant. 48 38
The Lizard. 50 4
The Start. 50 15
Studland poynt. 50 30
The Thames, London, or the North foreland. 51 34
The Ile of Bresill. 51 20
The Southermost point of it. 51 0
The Northermost poynt. 51 40
Cape Dorsey in Ireland. 51 40
Asmaidas Iland. 46 50
The Seams. 48 4
Belyle. 47 28
S. Martins Ile. 46 26
The midst of Oleron. 46 0
The Riuer of Bordeaux. 45 34
A cason. 44 50
The Sea coastes of all Biskay. 43 35
Cape de Torres. 40 0
Ortegal. 44 50
Cape Finisterre. 43 0
Bayon. 42 0
Port de Port. 41 0
Montega 40 0
Roxent. 38 56
Cape Spicket, or S. Wes head. 38 62
Cape S. Vincent. 36 58
Calis Malis. 36 20
The straicts of Gibraltar. 35 36
Prom. Herculis. Cape Cantin. 35 40
Prom. Atlantis. Cape d'Alguer. 30 15
Grand Canarie. 28 20
The Ile of Palma. 29 0
The Lancerotta. 29 10
The Ile of Madera. 32 34
Porto Santo. 33 25
S. Michels Iland. 38 0
Tercera. 39 4
Teneriff. 38 10
The rockes of Arram. 56 6
The north end of Ireland. 56 6
The Burlings. 39 35
The North point of Scotland. 59 15
The Norther Ile of Leenos. 58 55
The South part of Rockol. 58 18
The Northern point of Rockol. 58 30
The South point of Fero. 61 45
The northermost point of Fero. 62 50
The South point of the Ile of Philo. 60 20
The North part of Philo. 60 26
The South Capes of Hytland. 60 14
The North poynt of those I­lands. 61 30

AN EXPLANING OF THE COMMON Table of the Tydes and Ebbes.

WE haue marked, according to the custome of ancient Pilotes, vpon what poynt of the Compasse the Moone causeth high water in any of these places following. But you must know that these points may not bée ta­ken or counted after the moueable Compasse; which onely diuideth the Horizon in his plaine, and sheweth absolute­ly, in what Azimuth or Verticall circle, the Sunne or the Moone standeth: by which the floods are not gouerned. For experience teacheth, that the Sunne entring into Cancer, in his greatest declination: in Spaine, and other countries ha­uing the like Eleuation of the Pole, commeth first into the East point at eight of the clocke in the morning, and into the West point at foure in the afternoone. But in our Climate about halfe an houre after eight, and as much before fiue: So that in 8. or 9. houres, by this Compasse account, he finisheth his course from the East to the West: and contrariwise by night from the West to the East in 15. or 16 houres. But this happeneth once a moneth to the Moone, which sometimes endeth hir course from the East to the West almost a whole houre sooner then the Sunne, because she ascendeth aboue 5. degrées more Northward then the Sunne. Therefore you must vnderstand, and conceaue in minde; as if the lines of the Compasse were drawen from the Pole of the world: For then, be the Sunne and Moone high or low, euer at sixe of the clocke they are in the East and West. By which occasion, séeing those lines are none other, then the houre circles, we haue reduced those vnto these: allowing vnto e­uery line 45. minutes or thrée quarters of an houre: so that foure lines, make thrée houres; and eight, six. Thus may the tydes be reckened by this Table, for any place or day, so that the Moones age be knowen. Séeke the day in the right line, in which your place standeth; and it shall shew you the houre and minute of the tyde. Fol. 31.

For asmuch as the Easterne Sea, hath no Ebbe neither Flood. There­fore shall we beginne this reckoning of the tides, from the Iutlandish Ilands.

What Moone maketh full Sea vpon the Coastes of Iutland, Frizland, Holland & Zealand.
  • AT the Iutlandish Iles haue you full Sea with a South and North Moone.
  • Before the Riuers of Heuer, Eyder, and Elue, haue you full floud with a South and North Moone.
  • At Amborough with an East and West Moone.
  • Vnderneath Holyland with a West south-west. M.
  • Before the Riuer of Weeser with a South and North M.
  • Before the Easterne and Westerne entrances of the Eems, or the Riuer of Embden with a South-east & North-w.M.
  • Before all the Coasts of Frizland with a S.E. and N.W.M.
  • Before the Flye with a South-east & North-w.M.
  • Before Gheest of Texel with an East south-east M.
  • Before the Maersdeep with an East and west M.
  • Vpon the flattes of west Frizland, & of Wieringe S.E. & N.w.M
  • Before the Fen in the chanell of the Sea with a S.S.E.M.
  • At Enchuysen, and the Ile of Vrck with a S. and N.M.
  • At Horne, and Eedam with a S.S.w.M.
  • At Amstelredamme, with a S.w. and N.E.M.
  • At Egmont, and Haerlem, with a w.S.w.M.
  • From Haerlem, vnto the Riuer of the Maes. S.w. and N.E.
  • Before the Maes, and the Ile of Goere, with a S.S.w.M.
  • At Rotterdam, with a S.w. and N.E.
  • On all the Sea coastes of Sealand, with a S.S.w.M.
  • At Antwerpe, with an E. and w.M.
  • Before the Wielinghe, with a S.S.w.M.
Full Sea vpon all the coastes of Flaunders, Norman­die, Britaine, Gascoine, Biscay, Galicia, Portugall, and Spaine.
  • ON all the coastes of Flaunders, with a S. and N. Moone.
  • On the out side of the banckes of Flaunders S.w. & N.E.
  • At Swaertenes, or Blackney, with a S.S.w.M.
  • At Bolleyne, Deepe, and at Seyn head. or the mouth of the Riuer of Seyne, with a S.S.E.M.
  • Within the Seyne, with a S.E.M.
  • Before the hauen of Cane, with a S. and by E.
  • Within the Fosse of Cane, with a S.S.E.M.
  • Before Cherborough and the Ras of Blancquert. S. and N.M.
  • At the Ile of Garnzey, W. and by S.
  • At Concall, and saint Malo, E. and w.M.
  • At the Sept Iles, with a w.S.w.M.
  • On saint Poul, and on the out side of Vshant E. and w.M.
  • On al the coasts of Britaine, Poictou, & Gascoine, S.w. & N.E.m.
  • In the Baye within Vshant, w.s.w.m.
  • At saint Mathews poynt, and at Fontenau. S.w. and by S.M.
  • Before the Riuer of Nantes, and before the Bay, S.w. & N.E.M.
  • Before the Kiliates, and Porthuys, with a S.w. and N.E.M.
  • Before Brouage, in the Riuer, with a S.w. and by w.M.
  • Before the Riuer of Bordeaux, with a S.w. and N.E.M.
  • Within the Riuer of Roiane, with a S.w. and by w.M.
  • On all the coastes of Biscaye, Galicia, Portugall and Spaine, with a S.w. and N.E.M.
  • Within all the hauens aforesaid, with a S.w. and by w.M.
  • At saint Ian de Luz, with a S.S.E.M.
  • In the Condado, with a s. and N.M.
Full Sea on all the Coastes of England, Scotland, & Ireland.
  • AT Tinmouth, before the Riuer of Newcastell, S.W. Moone.
  • Before Hartlepool, or the Riuer of Tees mouth, a S.W.M.
  • Before Whitbuy and Robbinheads Bay, with a S.W.M.
  • At scarborough and Flamborough head, W.S.W.M.
  • At Hull within the Riuer of Humber E. and W.M.
  • Before the hauen of Lynn, with an E. and W.M.
  • Before Humbers mouth in the Sea, with a N.W.M.
  • At Burnam and Blackeney, with a E. and W.M.
  • Before Cromer, Winterton, and Yarmouth, with a S.E.M.
  • At Yarmouth, and Lestoffe, with a S.S.E.M.
  • At Orford, and Harwich, with a S. and by E.M.
  • On the outside of Harwich bankes S.S.E.M.
  • Before Margate and the Thames mouth, with a S. and by E.M.
  • At the Foreland, with a S. and N.M.
  • In the Downes before Sandwich S.S.W.M.
  • At Douer within the hauen S. and N.M.
  • In the middes of the Heads or Straight. S.W.M.
  • Alongst the Shingles, or the Nesse poynt. S.S.w.M.
  • Within the Chamber before Winchelsey. S. and by E.M.
  • Before the Beach at shore, with a S. and N.M.
  • At Hampton before the Kay, with a S. and N.M.
  • Before the Ile of Wight and Portesmouth. S. and by E.M.
  • On the West end of Wight. with a S.S.W.M.
  • By Portland in the Channell, with a N.N.W.M.
  • Within the Ras of Portland, with a S.E.M.
  • Before the Startpoint in the Channell. W.N.W.M.
  • Within Torbay and Dartmouth. with a w. and by S.M.
  • Within Plymmouth and Foye, with an w. and by S.M.
  • Before Foye in the Channell, with an E. S.E.M.
  • At the Lizard to shore, with a E. S.S.M.
  • Before the Sorlinges or Silley, in the Channell. E. and W.M.
  • Betwéene Foye & Falemouth, in the Channell. W. and by W.M.
  • Within Montsbay, with a E.N.E.M.
  • Within the Iles of Silley or Sorlinges. N.E. by E.M.
  • At Lundy, and at the Holmes of Bristow. E. and W.M.
  • Within Bristow to the shore, with an E. and by S.M.
  • In the Sea of Wales or Seuerne, with a W.S.W.M.
  • At Caldie and Milford, with a w. and by S.M.
  • At Waterford, and all the Sea coastes of Ireland. W.S.W.M.
  • All the West coastes of Ireland. W.S.W.M.

❧ AN INSTRVCTION TO KNOVV HOVV MANY LEAGVES YOV DO SAILE VPPON EVERY POINT OF THE COMPASSE FOR A DEGREE: VVHEN YOV TAKE YOVR COVRSE BE­SIDES THE SOVTH OR NORTH OVT OF THE RIGHT MERIDIAN LINE: And hovv muche you decline tovvardes the East or vvest, vppon euery poynt or course, on this side or beyonde the Acquinoctiall.

VPon the South or North point, vve hold still one Meridian,    
and you shall sayle to rayse one degree. leag. 15.
Vpon the South and by vvest poynt, for one degree. leag. 15. ½
you are declined from the Meridian. leag. 3.
Vpon the South South-vvest poynt, for one degree. leag. 16.
you are declined from the Meridian. leag. 6.
Vpon the Southvvest and by south poynt, for one degree. leag. 18.
you are then declined from the Meridian. leag. 10.
Vpon a Northeast and a southvvest course, one degree is leag. 21.
then are you declined from the Meridian. leag. 15.
Vpon a southvvest and by vvest course, one degree is, leag. 27.
then are you beside the Meridian. leag. 22.
Vpon a vvest southvvest course your sayle for one degree. leag. 40.
then are you past the Meridian. leag. 36.
Vpon a vvest and by south course, for one degree you run, leag. 78.
then haue you left the Meridian Line. leag. 75.
But sayling an East and VVest course, you remayne alvvayes in the same Parallell be­tvveene the Pole and the Aequator, declining neither Northvvardes, nor south­vvardes: but keeping the same height of the Pole continually. After this maner may you consider the other three quarters.    

A COMPASSE AND TABLE CONTAINING THE READIEST AND SHORTEST VVAY TO FIND OVT AL THE TIDES ALONGST AL THE COASTES OF SPAINE, FRANCE England, Ireland, Flaunders, Holland and Frisland, as well within the hauens as without from shoare: of which compasse the inner Circle sheweth the full seas vpon all those coastes, and in the hauens them­selues.

The other vtter Circle sheweth the full seas off from shoare alongst all those saide coastes in the chanels, or other deepes.

[...]

THIS VPPER HALF CIRCLE declareth the Nomber of Leagues, that you must sayle uppon eache point of the compasse, before you can rayse or laye a Degree, Southwards or Northwards.

The nether half circle conteineth the Number of Leagues w ch. you run from y or. Meridian in altering of each point of the Compasse

A DECLARATION OF THE TABLE FOLOWING, WHICH CONTEI­neth all the full seas and ebs vpon the same point.

THis is first to be noted, that all the places, which haue their full seas on the same poyncte, are sorted togither in the table following, whose partes haue this order. The first number of the Columne noteth the age of the moone: the two that follow signifie the houres and minutes of the tide in those places assig­ned. As for example. At the new or full moone, you haue at Enchuysen, and in all the places ranged with it, vnder the title of a South and North Moone, full sea at 12. a clocke. VVhen the Moone is one day old, it shall be there full sea at 12. of the clocke 45. minutes: when she is two dayes olde, at 1. a clocke. 30. minutes. A three dayes moone, at 2. a clocke 15. min. and at foure dayes, at 3. a clocke. Then is she horned, and hath runne the eight part of hir course. But when she shall be halfe full or one quarter olde, it shall flow still in those places till six a clocke, morning and euening. After this the tide shall be later euery day then other, by three quarters of an houre. Thus by this which hath bene sayd, the iust time of the full sea, may be accounted with ease, in what place soeuer.

As euery 15. day, one poynt of the cōpasse is giuen ouerplus to the ful moone: the cause is, that the compasse hath 32. pointes, and the moone but 30. dayes. VVherevpon in this table of Tydes you must begin your account agayne at the full or new moone, the 15. day. And when the moone is halfe a quarter olde, being Northeast, and Southwest, it shall be high water at 3. in the mor­ning, and afternoone. But on the quarter dayes an East and West moone at 6. a clocke morning and euening, shall cause full sea. For in this maner are the tides reckoned of Pilotes and all Mariners euery day.

A perfect Table to find out easily, vpon each poynt of the Compasse, what day of the Moones age, and vvhat houre and minute of the day or night you shall haue full Sea, or falling vvater in all places.

S and N Moone, full Sea. The Ebbe vpon the same point. S. and by W. Moone, full Sea. The Ebbe vpon the same point.
0 12 0

At all the Iles of Iutland.

Before the Eyder and He­uer.

Before Delfzyle and Embden.

Before Enchuysen, Vik, all the shoares of Flaun­ders.

Beachy shoare.

At the Foreland.

Within Harwich.

At Douer.

At Concalo, S. Malo.

In the Condado.

At Hamton kaye.

From the Ness vnto Bol­laine. 0 12 45

Before the Cammer of Rye.

Before Flisshing.

From the Ness vnto Wol­forts land.

From Estaples, vnto Bol­layne.

1 12 45 1 1 30
2 1 30 2 2 15
3 2 15   3 3 0    
4 3 0 4 3 45
5 3 45 5 4 30
6 4 30 6 5 15
7 5 15 7 6 0
8 6 0 8 6 45
9 6 45 9 7 30
10 7 30 10 8 15
11 8 15 11 9 0
12 9 0 12 9 45
13 9 45   13 10 30
14 10 30 14 11 15
15 11 15 15 12 0
S.w. and N. E. Moone, full Sea. The Ebbe. S.w. and by W. Moone, full Sea. The Ebbe.
0 3 0

Betweene the Heads.

At Fontenay.

All the coastes of Spaine, Gascoine, Poictou, and without the bankes of Flandres.

The South coastes of Britaine.

Before New Castell.

In Robbenhoods baye.

At Amstelredam.

Dordrecht.

Zierick sea, and Rotter­dam.

From Cape de la Hague, vnto the Ile and Ras of Alderney.

From Iarsey vnto the Cas­kets.

From Mylford, vnto the Ramshead, before Foye.

In the Ras of Portland.

0 3 45 Before the Garonne or the Riuer of Bordeaux.

From Strusart, vnto Deepe.

From Cape de Cleere, to Lundye.

From the Lizard, vnto the Start poynt.

1 3 45 1 4 30
2 4 30 2 5 15  
3 5 15 3 6 0
4 6 0 4 6 45
5 6 45 5 7 30  
6 7 30 6 8 15
7 8 15   7 9 0
8 9 0 8 9 45
9 9 45 9 10 30
10 10 30 10 11 15
11 11 15   11 12 0
12 12 0 12 12 45
13 12 45 13 13 30
14 1 30 14 2 15
15 2 15 15 3 0
E. and W. Moone, full Sea. The Ebbe. W. and by N. Moone, full Sea. The Ebbe.
0 6 0

On the outside of the Sor­linges.

Before Hamborough.

At Lundye.

Before the Mars-deepe.

In the Bay, before S. Poul.

Without Vshant.

Before Bordeaux.

At Blackney and Wels.

At Hull within the riuer.

Before Antwerp.

From the Caskets, to Dierliet.

From the lands end, vnto the Lyzard.

0 6 45

Before Falemouth.

At Plimmouth.

At Hartlepoole.

Before Scharborough.

From the Ile of Bas, vnto Marwanen alongst the shoare.
1 6 45 1 7 30
2 7 30 2 8 15  
3 8 15   3 9 0  
4 9 0 4 9 45  
5 9 45 5 10 30
6 10 30 6 11 15
7 11 15 7 12 0
8 12 0 8 12 45
9 12 45 9 1 30
10 1 30 10 2 15
11 2 15 11 3 0
12 3 0 12 3 45
13 2 45 13 4 30
14 4 30 14 5 15
15 5 15 15 6 0
N.w. and S.E. Moone, full Sea. The Ebbe. N.w. and by N. Moone, full Sea. The Ebbe.
0 0 0

In the Ras of Portland.

Before the Caskets.

Before Garnesey.

Before the Ems.

Before the Vlie.

Before S. Helene.

Vpon the Flakes of the Wiering, and Frysland.

From Yarmouth, vn­to Cromer within the bankes.

  0 9 45

Within the néedles of Wight.

Within the Goude.

 
1 9 45 1 10 30
2 10 30 2 11 15  
3 11 15 3 12 0
4 12 0 4 12 45
5 12 45 5 1 30
6 1 30 6 2 15
7 2 15 7 3 0
8 3 0 8 3 45
9 3 45   9 4 30
10 4 30 10 5 15
11 5 15 11 6 0
12 6 0 12 6 45
13 6 45 13 7 30
14 7 30 14 8 15
15 8 15 15 9 0
S.S.w Moone, full Sea. The Ebbe vpon the same point. S.w. and by S. Moone, full Sea. The Ebbe vpon the same point.
0 1 30

Before the Wieling.

Before the Mase.

In the Downes.

All alongst Beachy.

At Blackenesse.

On all the coastes of Zea­land.

At Armuye.

Before Canfer, or Teruer.

Vnder Holy land.

From Graueling, to Woltersland. 0 2 15

At Saint Lucas.

At Lisborne.

At Cales Malis.

Before the Condado.

Before S. Mathews.

A middes the Heads be­twéene Douer and Ca­lice.

From Dunckercke to Graueling.

From Cane to Estaples.

From Deepe to Cane.

From Bertram to the Caskets.

From Dartmouth to Ex­cester.

1 2 15 1 3 0
2 3 0   2 3 45
3 3 45 3 4 30
4 4 30 4 5 15  
5 5 15 5 6 0
6 6 0 6 6 45
7 6 45 7 7 30
8 7 30 8 8 15
9 8 15   9 9 0
10 9 0 10 9 45  
11 9 45 11 10 30
12 10 30 12 11 15
13 11 15 13 12 0
14 12 0 14 12 45
15 12 45 15 1 30
W.S.w. Moone full Sea. The Ebbe. W. and by S. Moone full Sea. The Ebbe.
0 4 30

In the Brefond, and Vourd.

At Marie port.

At Calice within the Créeke.

On the West coast of Ire­land.

At Obeurac.

In Moushole hauen.

Before the riuer of Hum­ber.

From Oastend to saint Catherins.

From Dierliet to Stru­sart.

The Bresont, out and in.

From Cape de Cleere to Saltees.

From Lundie, to Mil­ford.

From Wales into the cha­nell of Brustol.

From the Sorlings, to the lands end.

From the Start to Port­land.

0 5 15

Within Falmouth.

Within Plimmouth.

Within Dartmouth.

At the Lezard.

Before S. Poul.

Within Garnsey.

In the Sea of VValles.

Before Lyn.

From the Ile of Base to Dorsey and the Baye of Cape Cleere.

From the Sorlings to the Lysard.

From Portland to the Ile of VVight.

From VVight to Beachy.

1 5 15 1 6 0
2 6 0 2 6 45
3 6 45 3 7 30
4 7 30 4 8 15
5 8 15 5 9 0
6 9 0 6 9 45
7 9 45 7 10 30    
8 10 30 8 11 15
9 11 15 9 12 0
10 12 0   10 12 45
11 12 45 11 1 30
12 1 30 12 2 15
13 2 15   13 3 0
14 3 0 14 3 45
15 3 45 15 4 30
W.N.w. Moone full Sea. The Ebbe. N. and by VV. Moone full Sea. The Ebbe.
0 7 30

Within Portland.

Against the Start.

Before Dartmouth.

Before the Gheest, or in the road within the Ile of Texel.

On the Nesse of Wic­ringhe.

From the Caskets, to Garnsey.

A quarter of a tyde, with­in, and without Saint Gylis.

From Dierliet to the Seyn head.

0 8 15 On the outside of the Cas­kets, in the Channell.  
1 8 15 1 9 0
2 9 0 2 9 45  
3 9 45 3 10 30
4 10 30 4 11 15
5 11 15 5 12 0
6 12 0   6 12 45
7 12 45   7 1 30
8 1 30 8 2 15
9 2 15 9 3 0
10 3 0 10 3 45
11 3 45 11 4 30
12 4 30 12 5 15
13 5 15 13 6 0
13 6 0 14 6 45
15 6 45 15 7 30
N.N.w. Moone full Sea. The Ebbe. N. and by w. Moone high water. The Ebbe.
0 10 30

On the out side of Port­land, in the Nesse.

From Deepe, to Bollaine shoare.

Within the Ile of Wight.

At Margate.

At Orford hauen, and at Harwich without the bankes.

At Lestof.

From Blackney, to Cape de Dorsey.

Against the Ile of Der­don.

0 8 15

Within the Cammer.

At VVolfords horne.

In Orford hauen.

At Rye.

Within Portesmouth.

From S. Mathews to the Fornes.

From Fontenay to S. Ma­thews.

1 11 15 1 9 0
2 12 0 2 9 45
3 12 45   3 10 30  
4 1 30 4 11 15  
5 2 15 5 12 0
6 3 0 6 12 45
7 3 45 7 1 30
8 4 30 8 2 15
9 5 15   9 3 0
10 6 0 10 3 45
11 6 45 11 4 30
12 7 30 12 5 15
13 8 15 13 6 0
14 9 0 14 6 45
15 9 45 15 7 30
EBBES OR FALLING OF Tydes alongst the coasts of Frisland, Holland, Zealand, and Flaunders.
  • FRom Holyland to Bornriff, the flood falleth a quarter of a tide thwart towards the land, & thence E.N.E
  • From Bornriff to the hookes of Texel, the flood falleth a quarter of a tide thwart towards the land, the rest of the tide falleth N. E
  • From the Hookes to the Maez it falleth a quarter of a tide towards the lande, and the rest of the tide N.N.E
  • From the Maez to the Caybanck, it falleth the third part of the tide towards the land, the rest N.E
  • From the Cay banke to the bankes of Flaunders, it falleth halfe a tide towards the lande, then it turneth rounde with the Moone, and falleth the other quarter E.N.E
  • Alongst Flaunders coast within the Bankes, it falleth a third part of the tide towardes the land, the rest of the tide falleth N.E. and by E.
  • Without the sayd bankes, it turneth about with the Moone, the other halfe falleth N.E.
  • Before Graueling and Calice the third part of the tide falleth towardes the land, the rest falleth N.E. and by E.
Falling of Floods and Tides alongst the North coastes of Scotland and England.
  • FRom the Iles Orcades vnto Leeth in Scotland, the flood falleth alongst the shoare S. and N.
  • From the riuer of Leeth to Twed or the riuer of Bar­wicke, it falleth S.S.E.
  • From the Twed to Flamborough head S.E. and by E.
  • From Flamborough to the riuer of Humber, S.S.E.
  • From Humber vnto Cromer, S. E.
  • From Cromer vnto Yarmouth, S. S.E.
  • From Yermouth to Lestoft, at the end of the Holmes, s.s.E.
  • From Lestoft to Orford hauen it falleth S. and N.
  • From Orford hauen within the bankes called the Spits, vp alongst the coast, vnto the Thames. S. and N.
  • Neer the Foreland within, and before Margate, and so to­wards the Recoluers, it falleth E. and w.
  • At the Foreland on the inside of the Goodwin. S. and N.
  • From Orford hauen vnto Douer, in the right course, S. and by E.
  • And moreouer, aboutes foure leagues N. E. and by E. from the Foreland lieth a banke called Cnock, or Gal­per, vnto the which banke the floods fall from the North, and from the South alongst the coastes of England, where they meete, and then fall together with a great whorling & noyse ouer the sayd banke towardes the coastes of Flaunders, and therefore is that banke called the Galper.
  • Furthermore, in the North Sea, betweene the Riff and the VVhite Sand, doeth the flood turne with the Moone, and maketh a strong tide there abouts, as likewise vpon the shoald called Brood veerthien.
  • And in the right course, between Holland and England, the streame turneth with the Moone, and falleth halfe the tide to the Seawardes.
THE FALLING OF TIDES and flouds alongst the West coastes of England and Ireland.
  • IN the middest of the Heads or Straict, betweene Douer and Calice, the flood falleth N.E. and by N.
  • From the Singles or the Nesse point, vnto the Beachy, it falleth E.N.E.
  • Before the Seuen Cliffs of the Beachy it falleth E. and by S.
  • From the Beachy vnto the Ile of VVight. E. and by N.
  • From the Ile of VVight vnto Portland. E. and by N.
  • From Portland to the Start poynt. E.N.E.
  • And at Portland into the Bay, it falleth N.E.
  • Before Exmouth two leagues from land N.N.E.
  • Before Dartmouth on the land, it falleth N.E. and by N.
  • From the Start poynt alongst the coast vnto Plim­mouth. E.S.E.
  • From Ramhead poynt vnto Dudman poynt. E.N.E.
  • From Dudman poynt vnto the Lyzard poynt. N.E.
  • In the Channell before Foy, it falleth E. and by N.
  • From the Lyzard vnto the lands end. E.S.E.
  • From the Lyzard to the Sorlinges. E. and by N.
  • From the end of Ireland vnto Cape de Cleere. E. and by N.
  • From Dorsey to the Ile of Blackney. N.N.w.
  • From Cape de Cleere to VVaterford. E.N.E.
  • From the Iles of Silly, vnto the Ile of Lundy. N.E.
  • From the Ile of Lundy to the Holmes of Brustol. E.N.E.
  • Into the Channell of Brustol, it falleth E.N.E.
  • From Milford hauen to the Ile of Romsie. N.E.
  • In the Channell of Lundy, it falleth N.E. and by E.
  • In the Channell of VValles on the backe side of England. E. and w.
  • Betweene Lundy and Milford, it falleth N.E. and by E.
The falling of Tides and Floodes alongst the coastes of Fraunce and Brytaine.
  • FRom Blackney to the Oldman, S. and by w.
  • From Bollaine to Estaples, it falleth S. and by w.
  • From Estaples to Deepe, it falleth S.w. and by S.
  • From Deepe to Cane in Normandie. S.w. and by S.
  • From Seyne head vnto Derley, it falleth w.S.w.
  • From the Struysart to Deepe, it falleth N.E. and by E.
  • From Derley to Cape de la Hague, it falleth S.S.E.
  • From Cape de la Hague to Aldernay. N.E.
  • In the Rasse of Blanquert, it falleth N.E.
  • From Dierley to the Caskets, it falleth E. and w.
  • From Garnsey to the Caskets, it falleth a quarter of a tide East, Southeast, and the rest N.E.
  • At the Sept Iles, the flood falleth E. and by S.
  • From the Sept Iles to S. Pol, alongst the shoare, E. & by S.
  • From S. Pol to the Fourne, it falleth E. and by S.
  • From the Fourne to S. Mathews poynct S. and by E.
  • In the Bresont betweene Vshant and the Seames. E.N.E.
  • In the Ras of Fontenay, the flood falleth thwart ouer the Rocke called the Emperesse, and maketh a very great noyse and tumbling, on the banke called the Calfe.
  • Furthermore vpon all the coastes of Poictou, Gascoyne, Biscay, Gallicia, Portugal and Spayne, it falleth alwaies right of and on, to and fro.

FOrasmuch as of late dayes many skilfull and experienced nauigators, and shipmai­sters haue most earnestly trauayled to finde out a sure and perfect way whereby with the help of some certayn signes, or instruments, aswell the Longitude of the place, from East to West, as the Altitude of the Pole betweene South and North might in say­ling be secretly known: yet haue brought nothing to light more then what long agoe was well knowne to our auncestors, that is to say: the vse of certaine instrumentes which in this thing are vncertayne, though very good and perfect in that vse to the which they were first made: and seeing that by them all there is not discouered any hidden way in the firmament, by the which the Longitude of the place might certeinly be obserued and vsed, I will not at this time make any mention thereof, but deferre it till a fitter and more commodious time, that I may then discouer to all men what I know therein. Wherefore I would intreate all those that happily might finde this strange, in a matter of such weight and importance not to be greeued thereat, but paciently expect that which remaineth.

An exact description of the depths and soundings neere the diuers pro­uinces of our nauigation, and first of Gascoigne Poictou and Brittayn.

WIthout Garumna the riuer of Bourdeaux there is 14. fatham depth: but when you come within sight of Cordam tower, but 30. fatham.

Ouer against the coast of Poictou, 16. leagues without Oleron you haue 25. fath. depth: but comming neere the land of Poictou, 8. leagues from the shoare you haue 35. fatham. In the channell betweene Porthuis and Heys, it is 30. fa­tham deepe: and asmuch in the channell of Heys as also betweene Heys and Belile is the same depth. VVithout the channell it is 35. fatham deepe, but within are 25. fatham onely: without Heys two Kenninges off there is found 45. fatham.

22. Leagues Southwardes of Belile you haue 70. fatham: but nyne leagues from the Northwest point of that Island towardes the Southwest, is 60. fatham depth. And ouer against the midst of Belile in 40. fatham depth you shall see land. In your course betweene Belile and the Seems, you may come no neere then 50. or 45. fatham. If you sayle from Belile west and by North, when you are against Gloyland, you shall finde 60. fatham depth: without and with­in the rocke which standes off Gloyland to the seawardes, you haue 40. fatham water. In 65. fatham depth without the west Penmarques you may saile North­west and by west without the Seems, but by night come no neerer then in 55. fa­tham, for the ground is grosse and red sand full of round flints: halfe a league west Southwest of the Seems, is a ledge of rocks, where you haue 7. fatham depth: but betweene the Seems, and the rocks there is 50. fatham water.

In the chanell betweene the Seems & Heissand, called Vshant you haue 55. fath. depth, the ground is grosse red sand mingled with little round stones red and black, neere to Vshant there is 45. fatham, but within it is of an vnequall and variable depth. Southwestwardes almost six leagues off Vshant you haue 70. fatham, and the ground is fine white sand mingled with litle white shelles and other small thinges like needles: and then is Vshant East from you: but if the sand be grosse and white mingled with great and white shels, then is it Southeast to you. But if you doubt of these grounds go Northerly, if your sound be deeper, then you are towardes the Seems: if not so deepe, then are you in the chanell almost North of Vshant.

Betweene vshant and Obeurac in the trade it is 60. fatham deepe: betweene vshant, and the Isles of Silly or sorlinges in the midst of the chanell there is 70. fatham depth. If you sayle betweene the Seems, and Vshant in 70. fatham water, the ground will be of little blacke stones easie to be broken, and of yellow earth or clay: but if you finde red and hard sand, goe Northward till you happen on white sand mingled with long strakes: and then without doubt you sayle in the channell.

If setting from Cizarga, you sayle N. northeastward in the Spanish seas towardes Vshant and finde your selfe in 80. fatham, ye are 14. or 15. leagues off Vshant: but comming neerer you shall haue 70. fatham water, and be 10. leagues distant of Vshant: But if you find the ground to be yellow shels & little black stones, then are you towards the Seems: wherefore you must with the tide beare off north­ward, [Page] to shunne Vshant vntill you finde white sand and thinges like needles, for such are the groundes of the channell,

Betweene Vshant and the Ile Base when you sayle at 4. fatham water you are 4. leagues off the shoare: but by night come no neerer then 25. fatham: when you are two leagues off Obcurac, you shall finde 25. fatham depth: but 8. leagues off the Sept Ilandes you haue 55. fatham.

A league without the rockes of Obeurac there is a blind or hidden rocke. So that if you are to sayle vpon a boord betweene the Fourns and Obeurac, come no neere that blinde rocke, then 40. fatham, but Eastwardes you may sayle in 30. or 25. fatham.

If a ship sayling west Southwest, and Southwest and by west of the Isles of Sylly or Sorlinges, at 80. fatham water, be found by the crossestaffe or the Astrolabe to be vnder 49. degrees and 15. minutes of Altitude, she is 26. leagues from land, and must goe East and by North till she get 66. fatham water. For then certeinly she is in the chanell betweene the Isles of Sylly and Vshant: and then if she be bound for England she must sayle more Northward, and betweene the lands end and the Lilard she shall haue 55. fatham depth.

A diligent description of the soundinges and groundes be­tweene Ireland, England, and Normandy.

THree leagues without the Iles of Dorsey vnder Ireland it is 45. fatham deepe. In the chanell betweene Dorsey and Cape cleere is 42. or 43. fatham. The chanell from Cape Cleere to the Islands of Saltees, hath 45. fatham: But two leagues off Ireland it hath but 40. Betweene the Isles of Saltees and Milford it is 44. fatham deepe & betweene Londay and the Isles of Sylly 38. fath. In the mid way betweene the Isles of Sylly and Milford it is 44. fatham deepe: but plaine North of Sylly 40. and 42. fatham. Neere England by the landes ende the channell is of 50. fatham depth.

A ship that commeth from Cape Finisterre sayling North Northeast, if shee hath 80. fatham sounding, she is 20. leagues off the shoare: and the ground is small blacke stones mingled with great red sand. In the same course when you haue but 60. fatham water, you are within 12. or 14. leagues off the shoare, yet shall you not so soone ken land as you would thinke: for you shall a great while haue 60. fath. depth, for it is at the North partes of the chanell, about the Isles of sylly. Betweene Vshant and the Isles of sylly the chanell is 70. fatham deepe. On the Southside of the Isles of sylly the ground is small red stones and fine white sand. Ouer against the Lizard and Falmouth 4. leagues from shoare it is 52. fatham deepe. Betwixt Foy and Plimmouth sound in the midst of the chanell it is 60. fatham deep. Betweene the Lyzard and the start beare no nearer the shoare then 35. fatham. You maye cast anker in the trade or channell in 25. fatham, and so shall you lie within the foreland streame. Betweene Plimmouth and the Sept Isles in the middest of the cha­nell it is 55. fatham deepe. But 4. leagues South Southwest of Plimmouth, it is but 35. fatham. South Southeastward of the midland of the start, it is 45. fa­tham deepe: but from thence 5. or 6. leagues Southeast you haue 54. fatham. In the chanell betweene the Caskets and Portland it is 40. fatham deep: & a league North­ward off the Isle of Alderney is a hole or pit 80. fatham deepe: all the rest of the channell betweene Portland and the Isle of Alderney is of equall deapth viz. 40. fa­tham. VVhen you are within kinning of Portland, your sounding is 34. fatham: and 3. leagues off the Isle of VVight 36. fatham: as also two leagues Eastward of Beachy. Betweene picardie and the Isle of VVight the channell in the middest is 38. fa­tham deepe. Betweene VVinchelsey and picardy 24. fatham. The shoald betweene the Heads called the Vrovven-sand, hath but three fatham depth and a halfe: but on the Southside of it there is 24. fatham. And in all the faire way betwetne Zeland and Douer it is 24. fatham deepe.

A PERFECT DESCRIPTION of the depths of the North Sea from Englands foreland. or the mouth of Flaunders.

IN the chanell and course from Englandes fore-land and sands of Flaunders, you haue 24. fatham depth: but three leagues North­west and by west of the country of Zierickze, there is a shoald com­monly called Borbreck, which hath 4. fatham depth. VVithout this shoald the Chanell of Zealand is 26. fatham deepe. North­west of Harlem, 8. or 9. miles within the sea there beginneth a shelf, commonly called de breede Verthien, reaching alongest the coast of Holland to the playne of Ameland where it endeth. Ouer agaynst Harlem and Egmond is 13. 14. and 15. fatham depth, and the ground is of all Oase mingled with blacke sand like vnto Mustard-seede. The sayd shelfe or shoald, hath 15. 16. or 17. fatham depth, betweene Texel, and Vlieland, where the ground is grosse red sand, 6. or 7. leagues from shoare, for there the shoald is narrower then it is towardes the Southend. The Chanell without the shoald betweene zealand, and Texel is 26, fatham deepe euen as farre as the shoald which the fishers call Doggsant.

In the Channell on England side ouer agaynst Yermouth is 32. fatham depth, but right against Flamborough and Scarborough point 38. fatham whereas the whyte shelf commonly called Doggsant beginneth reaching into the North seas to the cha­nell of Helichland. This shoald where it is within kenning of Flamborough poynt, hath but 9. or 10. fatham depth: But when in the same sand you find 12. fatham depth: then Texel is from you Southest almost 30. leagues, but when you are come to 16. fatham depth, then are you within 21. leagues South Southeast of Vlieland.

A ship that comes from the Riffe, finding 18. fath. depth on the foresaid sand, is then 20. leagues South and by East of Vlieland: but comming to 22. fatham, must then sayle towardes the Vlie S. and by westward, and South southwest­ward. But if in the Chanell of Helichland 24. 26. fatham depth be found, then must you sayle Southwest, and S.w. and by S. and then are you come to the Scel­linghe, but when as in Helichland sound you haue 27. fatham, then are you altoge­ther to the Eastwards of it. Betweene the Riffe, & the shoald called Doggersant, the chanell is 26. fath. deepe: without the chanell westwards it is 32. fath. deepe. A ship that comes out of the English straightes, or out of zealand, hauing at the riffe 24. fatham depth is distant from the Noes in Norvvay 18. leagues almost North and by East: but hauing 20. fatham is 16. leagues from it Northward: and finding but 18. fatham is then 18. leagues off it, North and by west. The course from thence to the Holmes is 12. leagues North and by E. And from thence towards the poynt of Scakghens 18. leagues Northeast and by East. There is a rocke of one onely fatham depth standing Northeast, and Northeast and by East of the Holmes two leagues from the shoare.

The depth of the Northerne Ocean neere vnto Iutland and Ameland.

IN the sea without Iutland a myle distant from Dodenberg there is a banck called Reef-horn, stretching out 8. leagues w. & by S. which in some places hath but three fatham depth, & in some places may be sayled ouer, and be­come a roade for a Northwest and a North winde, in 20. fatham depth. From Ameland towards the sea, the ground is grosse sand, red, and blacke ming­led with shelles. From thence sayling Southward in 16. fatham three houres, you shall come to the smooth Sea of Ameland, where your ground is fine sand ming­led with shelles. North from Schellinghe in 24. fatham depth is found altogether fine white sand, and afterwardes in 18. fatham white and blacke sand mingled.

Vlieland hath white sand mingled with shelles, and thinne blacke sand, in 16. fatham depth: from the west end of Vlieland is great & red sand mingled with black [Page] like vnto mustardseede, about 6. or 7. leagues from the shoare. At the East ende of schellingh to the seawards at 18. fatham water is found fine white sande ming­led with blacke, hauing in it thinges like needles. Ouer against Borckom in the vvester Ems at 17. or 18. fatham depth, land may be seene: the ground is of grosse grauelly sand. At 14. fatham depth may Ameland be kend: but schellingh at 16. fatham: and Vliland at 15. or 16. fatham water. Any man may by night trust to these measures. At the North Hooke of Texel, land may be seene at 16. fatham depth. Holland is seene at 14. or 15. fath. water when you sayle within the shoald called the breede Veerthiene, which beginneth at the Northwest of Harlem, and stret­cheth alongst the coast of Holland to the west ende of Vliland, and is 7. or 8. leagues distant from the shoare.

The soundinges and groundes of Iutland neere the poynt of the Cimbrians commonly called Schagen, or Schaw.

A Great league west and by North from the schavv is 35. fatham depth. North northeast a great league of the corner of this poynt is found 38. fatham depth. And when the poynt is northwest from you, then you haue 17. fatham water. Betweene this poynt and Lesou, the chanell is 20. fath. deep, and the ground like clay or dirt. Betwixt Anhout and VVaersberg in the middest of the Channell is 22. fatham water. Betweene Lesou and Anhout the ground is firme and stony: neere VVaersbergh is a shoald of 17. fatham depth. Betweene Anhout and Col is another shoald of 17. fatham: where sometimes it is troublesome like a whirepoole.

The depths and grounds of the Balthic or Easterne seas.

BEtweene Oeland and Gothland the soundinges are vnequall sometimes of 20. sometimes of 23. fath. the ground of blacke and stony grosse sand like vnto Peas. VVhen the South end of Oeland is two leagues distant from you westwardes you haue 27. fatham water, where also you may commodiously gage water. But when the chappell in Sudernoorden beareth west Northwest off you: then haue you 31. fatham depth, and ground fit to gage wa­ter. Ouer against the rocke in the faire way is 52. fatham and a claye ground but fit for gaging. Betweene the greater and lesser Carla you haue 14. fath. depth vnder which is safe road for ships. There is a shoald betweene Houburg & Ostergard contayning 24. fath. depth, the ground is great red sand: but hardly from thence can you ken Gothland out of the top. There is also to the Eastward another shoald of 36. fath. depth, which when you are past, you haue more then 40. fa­tham water. VVhen the poynt of Righ is 3. leagues Southeast from you, then haue you 30. fatham depth: but when it is from you halfe a league South south-easterly you haue 15. fatham: the ground is white sand. But when it beareth west a small league from you, then you shall finde 16. fatham water. Ouer against Heel halfe a league from the shoare it is almost 32. fatham deepe. The roade for shippes at Heel hath 25. fatham depth. Betweene Moane and Falsterborn is 14. fa­tham depth. Betweene sted and Falsterborn in the very chanell it is but 12. fath. deepe: neere Falsterborn it is full of shoaldes: but neere Sted you haue 13. fatham water. Betweene Drakerriff and Southolmen, which is more shoaldie, there is 5. fa­tham depth wanting two foote. From thence towardes the Sound, it is sometime deeper, as 6. 7. 8. 9. or 10. fatham.

A DESCRIPTION AND POVR­TRAICT OF THE GREATEST PARTE OF THE SEACOASTES OF EVROPE.

FOr asmuch as, these particular Sea Chartes, which I haue set foorth of the Westerne, Eastern and Northern Nauigation, with the rest, which I hope hereafter at the first opportunitie to publish, haue their origi­nall and beginnyng from this generall Charte of the Sea Coasts of Eu­rope: wherin you may playnly perceaue, how the particular Coun­tries are annexed and ioyned eache to other, and euery one of them in his right place, distance, poynt of compas, degrees, minutes. &c. I haue therefore thought necessary to place this generall table (or pourtraict) at the very beginnyng of this booke before all the rest: to th'end, you may thereby the better seeke and finde out the particulars, obseruynge th'order and methode of this booke. Thinkynge it needelesse to make any larger discourse thereof for the vse of Saylyng. Consideryng, that the particular descriptions with their Charts being taken out of this generall and enlarged, do very sufficiētly, teache & shew, bothe the countries themselues, & their commodities (so they be rightly examined) accordyng to the true art of Nauigation, employinge therewithall such necessarie instruments as appertayne therevnto.

A SHORTE INSTRVCTION OF THE FORME AND fashion of Buyes, Beakons, and other markes, &c. which are set for Shoaldes, Sandes, or hidden Rockes, as they are marked in the particular Chartes of the Flie­streame, Eemse, Weeser, the Elue, Meersdiep, and the Mase.

VPpon all the Riuers and Streames of Holland, Friesland, and Zeland, the Buyes at the vpper ende are rounde and great, and at the lower end, small and sharpe like vnto this marke 1

[buoy]

being made blacke with Pitche or Tar, lying for the moste parte vppon the right hande in Saylinge out, & on the lefthand in commyng in: And on th'other side for sandes, flats & shoaldes do commonly stand the Beakons and other higher and more apparant marks made of Oasyers, after this manner, 2

[beacon]

that they may bee the farther of per­ceaued: And where there is danger of poincts of Rockes, Sandes, & shoaldes, that stande out, there are (that you may shunne them) white Tunnes or Buyes made after this fashion,

[barrel marker]

which do alwayes he vpon the contrary side of the foresaid black buyes. The eye markes, whereby you may assured­ly finde these buyes and other markes, are sufficiētly declared in the description before eache Charte. But, you must vnderstand that the Buyes and mar­kes are herein noted, as they weare Anno. 1582. Moreouer because the dep­thes and channels of the Riuers do yerely shift and chaunge their places, both by rea­son of the vncertaintie and instabilitie of the sandie groundes, and for that the entringes and mouthes of the Riuers do dayly waxe wider & broder: therfore these streames are to be tried by soundyng, and to be sayled in with skilfull and experienced Pilots & maisters. The lande markes placed at the entries of Riuers I haue, for streightnes of roome, mar­ked thus.

[land marker]

But where there is false roade & grounde fit for Ankering, I haue set downe this forme of an Anker.

[anchor]

The Figures which are placed in al Hauēs Riuers, Streames & Channels, aswell in the mayne sea as elswhere, vpō al the shoaldes, Sandes & Rockes, do signifie the depth of the places, as 1. 2. 3. 10. 12. Fatham, & so forth: which is alwaies to be vnderstoode at half flood or ebbe. The litle Crosses marked in this manner † alonge the Coastes neare Islandes and elswhere, betoken hidden and daungerous Rockes, of which you must carefully beware: And where the double crosses are, there lye greater Rockes couered with the water. These markes in the Chartes are made thus. [...] . [...] . [...] . [...] . [...] .

A Generall Carde, & discription of the Sea Coastes of Europa, and nauigation in this booke conteyned
‘Semper eadem’ ‘HONI SOIT QVI MAL Y PENSE’

SPQR

A TRVE DESCRIPTION OF THE ƲLIE AND THE MARSDEEP, TWO OF the notablest Riuers of all Holland, from the Northern vnto the Southerne sea.

HE that will sayle from the North sea vp to Amsterdam, or Enchuisen, by the entrie of the VLIE, com­monly called Noordergat, must so direct his course that the Lande-marke of Schelling may exactly answere to the thrée Downes, and the Blacke downe, must be directly opposite to the middest of the high White downe.

Then appeareth the first Buy, from which he shall sayle vnto the seconde South and by East, or South and by West: accordyng as the winde and tide will serue. From thence vntill he come to the Buy, which lieth vpon the Buske, South and by West, or South, still carefully obseruing your tyde. From thence let him sayle vnto the Buye in Moncksloot, South, or Southe and by West: thence to Longsand, South and by East: then to Wolf­shouk south east and by South, but till he come to Cashoucke, let him kéepe south south east.

The eye marke of Cashoucke is, when the Towre of Franike appeareth neare the hauen of Harling. From Cashouck vnto Schutsande, the course is East south east, the markes wherof are these, viz. That Cornwerde on the East side is right oppo­site to Bolswerde, and Winald is discerned aboue the Castle of Harling. From Schutsand he must sayle to Swaenbalg South east, where the Buye lieth with these markes. viz. When Boldeswerde appeareth on the Eastside of the broade tower, or the high buildynge, on the Southside of Cornewerde: But when Bolswerde is perceaued betwéen Destin and Cornewerd, then may he plie that reache vp or downe at his pleasure. From Swaenbalg he may passe to Middleground South south east, & the markes hereof are: when the two picked stéeples of Harlynge on the Southside, are right agaynst two other Towers on the Northside. The way from Middlegrounde vnto Idelhooeck, and the West of Worcum lieth Southward, and then Coldum sheweth it selfe on the South end of Hinlopen, which is the marke for the Buye of West Worcum: From thence vnto the Buye that leadeth to Bocht South south east, where Pandagra appeareth standynge at the Southside of Volwerd in a valley: & when you shall perceaue Pandagra neare the houses, kéepe the right forme of the Tower in your sight, vntill you come to the Buye, that lieth vpon the flat of Freislande: there is déepe water, & that reache stretcheth, South Southwest: From thence to Creile South and by West, the markes wherof are, when Mirnys toucheth the South partes of the Cliffe, and the Corne milles appeare on the Westside of Medenblicke. The way from Creyl to Crepelsand is South south east, and South east and by East, the markes of the Buye of Creplesand are Enchuisen standing by Venhuysen and Broocke nigh vnto Hem: From hence you may sayle vnto the first Buye in Hillegat, South south east, and South and by East, and then vp towardes the Beacon, South and by East, but from the innermost Buye vnto the Road of Enchuisen, South and by West.

Moreouer sayling from Enchuisen to Texel, he must (as the winde and tide suffer) beginne his course, from the Buye that is North­ward in the goyng forth, (commonly called Noordergat) North north west, or North and by West, vntill Brooke may be kenned neare Hem, where he shall finde the Buye of Creplesand. From thence he shall go to the Wicker marke or Beacon of the sayd Creplesand Northwest, and when Lytebrooke is séen neare Hem, he shall finde out this marke: From whence he may sayle vnto the South Buye vpon the Flats of Wiring, North west and by West, hauing regarde to the winde and tide. This Buye is knowne when the Twisch by Almerdorpe and Brooke do shew betwéen two Heyrickes, and the Westerne tower of Wiringe perceaued neare vnto the houses. Then he may passe towardes the middle Buye Northwest and by North, vntill he finde that the Winde mill of Wyringe standeth at the South-ende of the houses that are out of the towne. From the middle Buye vnto the Northern, wee sayle North northwest, the markes are, when the two piked Stéeples are one: and on the East side of the Buye there is a déepe Poole fit for great Shippes: from thence he may sayle to Vlieter, North northwest, and North and by west, kéepyng Medenbliche, and the Buye in one, so longe as he can sée them, and kéepe still his course North and by West, vntill he come to Nesse, where he shall finde a Buye on the Eastside, and there ouer agaynst standeth a marke made of Wicker or Basket worke vpon the Nesse: the tokens whereof are, when the Mill vppon the shoare is opposite to y e vally, which is vpon the West side of the shoare, and the tower standyng towardes the west, ioyneth to the West parte of the houses. From thence to Vogelsand, West north west, sometimes windyng about. But when he commeth neare Vogelsand, let him take héede, that Horn tower in Texel may be séene neare the houses which stande vnder Geest, and kéepe them so in sight vntill he come to the Mar­chants Roade, there may he Anker before Geest in Texel, where he shall thinke best. But if he will fourth into the Ocean, his course is to the New Deepe, and shunne the Shoaldes of Geest, two Gables length from the shoare side of Huisdune, vntill he come to the shoalde cal­led Dry Hake, and kéepe the shoare markes which stande vppon Huisdune fiue foote one from the other. Then must he holde on his course to the Sea, by the entrie or channell of Marsdiep, commonly called Spaignarsgat: for Keysars plat hath two Fadam water at halfe floud, so that the sayd shoare markes may be almost ioyned together.

And if comming from the Sea, he would beare in with the entrie of Marsdiep, called Spaignarsgat, he must set Wammes or S. Iohns tower on the Northside of the high Downe of Texel, and the Landmarkes vppon Huisdune, the distance of 5. foote from eache other, which beyng so set, and kept, he may enter y e chanell. But if he will enter the mouthe of Maersdeep called Dorley, let him kéepe the Landmarke and the Spere stéeple of Texell a Sayle breadth a sunder, and let him holde on his course vntill the Landmarkes of Huisdune appeare fiue foote eache from the other, saylyng East and by south towardes Huisdune. If he will go in at the entrie called Ebbegat, let him kéepe likewise the foresayd markes of Dorley, fiue foote a sunder. But if you will sayle in at Lantdiep, called Swidergat: set the Churche of Geest euen with the shoare of Huisdune, and so enter. Afterwardes let him kéepe along the shoare of Huisdune, about the length of two Cables of: vntill he haue passed the New Deepe, then let him conde the ship Northeast, vntil he come to the Roade where great shippes and Huyes lie neare to Geest in Texell, where he may cast Anker in. 10. or 12. fatham.

It would be too tedious to set downe all the Trades and Traffique of all the cities and Townes vpon this South sea: notwithstan­dyng I will touche it in few wordes: There is Amsterdam that most renowmed Marte towne, which in all Europe hath not her péere, for varietie and plentie of all Trades, especially of all kinde of Easterne and Northern commodities, Wares and Marchandizes, and aboundance of Factors.

There standeth likewise vpon this Sea the famous citie of Enchuisen: where such aboundance of Hering is taken, not farre from the towne, at sometimes of the yere in this South sea, as suffiseth (as may be dayly séene by experience) at one time to fraught many Huyes, Boates and Pinckes for marchandize vp through all the Maze, whereof some are dried or smoked, called Tybucking, especially about Christide, which are accompted daynties amonge noble men, and are vsed for Newyeares giftes to the better sorte. But those that wée doo call Marche hearyng are not so good, notwithstandinge great plentie of them is caried vp the Riuer of Elue into Germanie, Boheme, Hungarie, and further downe the Riuer of Danube towardes Turkie or the lesser ASIA where the same are solde, spente, and greatly accounted of.

And HORNE that noble citie is seated towardes that South sea, where besides the Traffique on the Seas, the Countrie yéeldeth such stoare and plentie of the best chéese and Butter, that it is rather to be wondred at, then to be written of, which all Germanie, Bra­bant, Spayne, and many other countries can sufficiently testifie.

A Description of the twoo famous Riuers Streames or Channells the Flie & the Maersdeepe streaching up in to the Sowther sea before Enchuysen unto Amstredam wyth all the sandes barckes an d Showldes, lying uppon the sayde streames

A TRVE DESCRIPTION AND POVRTRAICT OF THE MAZE, TOGETHER with the entries of the Goer in South Holland, and the Ʋere in Zealand, and also of the Wielinghe.

FIrst if you will finde out the right depth or channell of the Maze, set the Tower of the Bryll, South east and by east from you, and sayle on so vntill on the Larboorde Haghe steeple appeare as within two mastes length wide of the South side of the square tower of Mounster, and on the Starrebord the watch-tower of Eastuoren be brought to the West end of the towne. These are the markes of the South entrie, commonly called the Suidergate, and there shall you finde the vttermost or first buye. The entries which lie neere the Bryll by the shoaldes of the Dary or Botkill, are at this day commodious: For there are buyes fastened, & then the Brill beareth nearehand South-east from you. Then must you sayle to the poynt neer the Bulwarke from buy to buy, euen till you come to the Brill, where along the shoare about a Cables length off, is good roade and harborough vnto the olde Maze. Thence you crosse ouer by the Breach, called the Sceur, the markes for it are when Couwerscie, and the trees are come togither. Thence must you sayle vp to Roterdam in the midst of the Channell.

But to enter the Goer, set Goer steeple West off the watchtower: set small sayle a long the shoare a while, vntill you are past the watchtower, shunning the point, least you strike on the start, or taile sand, that stretcheth downe from the landes. Then bring the Windmill which standeth in the Oelkens platt, 5. foote distant North­ward from Diricsland tower, & enter the porte of Goer, where in the Chanell you shall anker at 6. or 7. fatham.

But if you will goe into Brouwersgate, and goe cleare of the shoalde called Drooghericke, which stretcheth downe from Goer, take heed that the land markes of Schowen (called Zericksea) do ioyne togither, vntill Out­dorpe be ioyned with Goer steeple. Then without regard of the shoare markes, keepe these towers ioyned to­gether, till the land marke be one with the Downe, which commonly is called white Blencke, or Lange witte sand. Then with all speed leaue the sayd towers because of the Scere which reacheth from the farthest partes of Goer, for the tide setteth so strongly between Droogerecke and Scere, that it would with his violence carry the ship vpon the tayle of the Scere. Wherefore bearing on as neare the shoare of Ziericsea, as you can, you shall come to Brouwershaven, where you may anker at 7. or 8. fatham.

But if you will enter the Vere, see that East Caple may be right agaynst Middleborough South-east from you, & so sayle vp vntil you haue brought the steeples of Cortigien in one, then set forwardes by Polder, alias the Hooke, & when you are past the same, passe on to VValcheren sailing stil near the bank vntill you come to Teruere.

To sayle into Dorley, bring the tower of Flushing East and by South, and VVulpen East South East, and so crosse ouer Dorley, for it is there deepe and broad. The true markes where of are when East Souburge standeth distant almost one pace Northward from VVest Souburge: those keepe in the same distance, vntill the steeples of Bruges alias Brugghellingh be brought togither: for there it is three fatham deepe, but it is requisite that the steeples of the two Souburges doe shut and open, and that Flushing be East and by South from you, and so hold on the Dorley.

If you will enter the VVielinghe bring Terdoes Church distant from the West end of the steeple of Liswegen a ships length, which you must so keepe vntill west-caple appeareth at the East end of the Church of Heist. For when Terdoes Church is brought one with Liswegen you are within the entrie of the VVielinge. Then keepe the Tower which is on the East side of Heist a ships length off, vntill you shall haue six fatham water: Then let the little tower of Blanckenberge alias t'Hauentorenken be brought one with the watch tower of Blan­kenberge, before the light tower of Hiest, be one with the steeple of Heist, then shall you be cleare of the Pol. Ther­fore entering y e VViclings let the little Tower of Blankenberge (as I haue sayd) first touch the watch tower, be­fore Heist be one with his Lanterne: sayle then East North east, bearing somewhat towards the East, and keepe Blankenbergs watch tower betweene the sayd little tower and the towne house, and so haue you the best of the Chanell. But when you shall see on the starboord side the Tower of VVotkirke 2. sayles breadth south from the Northerne Tower, and right before you another Tower distant the space of 5. foot Northwarde from the steeple of the Abbey of Middleborough, then haue you the right marks to saile thorough the VVicling, as long as you can see the sayd steeple: but hauing lost the sight thereof Sainct Lambertes steeple sheweth it selfe in a valley at the East side of Catsand, which are the sure markes to sayle into the deepe: and when you shall haue gone so farre that the watch tower of Blankenberge appeareth betweene the little tower of the same and the Towne-house, then haue you gotten the right course: Then bring the Lanterne of Heist to his steeple before the watch tower of Blankenberge be ioyned to the little tower of the same, and you shall goe cleare of the sands called the French Pole. But if all the aforesayd markes at one self time come togither, you shal run right vppon it, where there is but the depth of one fatham: yet notwithstanding in calme weather a ship y e draweth 18. foote water may at halfe floud passe ouer the sands called the Caybanke. And if any man entering the VVic­ling will goe out by Dorley, he must keepe VVest-caple and Cnock distant a sayles breadth, and must sayle North-west vntill the steeples of Souburge be seperate fiue foote a sunder: then set West North-west vntill you haue Flusshing East and by South, and so shall you not endaunger your selfe vpon the shoalds. There are shoaldes in the inner part of VViclinge commonly called the Vlack vanne gatt. When the watche tower of Blan­kenberge is one with the Towne house, you are then past them. But when you haue gotten ten fatham, sayle towardes Flushing two Cables distant from the shoare of VValkeren, vntil you come to the castle of Ramekens: but take heede you be not carried with the swift tide vppon Natgat, where it sets inward with great violence.

The traffique and Merchandizes of this part of Zealand cannot easely be described, notwithstanding there is in Brabant vpon the Scheld, the citie of Antwerp, sometimes the most famous mart towne in al the world, where there was great plentie & aboundance of all nations, and of all pretious commodities which were brought thi­ther from Spayne, and other Countreyes in great ships and hulkes. Besides there is in Zealand an Island called VValkeren, where the famous marte towne of Middleborough is scituate, whither all kinde of French and Spanish wines, being brought in great aboundance, are there sold and vented. There is also within that Isle a litle town called Armu, where the course bay salt which is brought thither in great quantities frō France and Spain, is purified, and made white, and from thence is transported and dispersed throughout all Europe.

And Roterdam standeth vpon the Maze, where there is great store of little ships, and boates called Buisen and Pincken, and much traffique and entercourse of marchaunts for pickell herring.

A Description of the Jsles of Sealand as they lie vpon all y er. Riuers & Chanells with a part of the sea Coastes of Holland and Flaundres.

A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTES OF FLANDERS WITHALL THE SANDES, FLATS, BANCKS AND SHOALDS THEROF.

WHen you sayle out of the Wielinge towards the straights between Callis and Douer, called the Heads, you must bring the watch towre of Blanckenberge one with the steeple thereof, and then Westcappel, ioignes with the Lantern of Heyst. But when Lisweghen is brought one with Terdoes churche, then are you in the mouth of the Wielynge: holde then west southwest, bearing a litle west and by north: then haue you the true depth in 6. fatham water at halfe floud.

Or els you may take this course to saile thorough the Wielinge, your leading mark is to keepe Middleborough steeple a little sayle breadth open to the south wardes of the watch tower, and so sayle west southwest vpon that marke as farre as you can see it, that being out of sight, go west southwest and borow of either side at your best aduan­tage, as the winde serueth, vntill Blanckenbourgh be south southeast from you, then go west vpon the floud and west southwest vpon the ebbe, till you be in 12. fatham, then shape your course, for you are cleere.

There lieth neare Blankenberge a long bancke called Witsand, stretching along the shore vnto Winduyn. It chanceth that mariners are here often deceaued, who reckoning themselues to be entered the wielinge are shut vp betwixt the same & the shore: wherfore if they that come in from the sea would shun this banke, let them set the broad steeple of Liswegen eastward therof, and so bearing along the shoare in 6. fatham water they shall goe cleere of it.

VVhen wotkerke is one with Blankenberge: and S. Catalina shuts into Ostend, you are then before the mouth of the wielinge: but when the steeple of Ostend is one with S. Ca­therins then you runne vpon the shallow called Trix, which alwaies turneth about in maner of a whirlpoole by reason of the violent meeting of sundrie currents and tides: and there you haue .5. fatham water. Ouer against Ostend there lieth a banke of sand a dutch mile from the town, called the old Morebank hauinge .2. fadam water at the lowest ebbe: There is also another lyeng west and by north of Ostend called Dije­stall, that at the greatest ebbe hath 3. fatham water.

Moreouer when the Downe Friery called the Broers standeth south from you, you are within the Broers banke: But when Dunkerke beareth south and by west from you, you are past the most daungerous and vttermost part of this banke. There standeth an high and ragged downe west of Newporte, ouer against which this banke hath hys beginning which reacheth fower dutch leagues north northwest into the sea, and doth lie from Newport northwest, but when you haue Newporte southeast and by south, you are past the banke.

There are also two or three dangerous bankes, northwest, and northwest and by west from Dunkerk, the first lieth from the shoare two dutch myles, and the other three. The middest is called Poldervan-dijckt: But that which is called Ruting: is most dan­gerous for that it lieth in the fayre way and in the very entrie of the Channell. Either of them hath 2. fatham at low water, which you must warily passe by.

There are also two other Banks north west and by north from Dunkerke, almost ii. dutch myles distant from the shoare, wherof one is called Dristall, the other Quaehanck, which at lowest water are but 2. fatham and an halfe: you may safely sayle along the coastes of Flaunders, betweene the shoare and the shoaldes at 5. or 6. fatham, but it is daungerous for great vessels because the waues both in ebbing and flowing doe for the most part set thwart ouer the shoaldes.

North northeast from Callis cliffe, three dutch myles from the shoare lyeth another shoald which at lowe water hath 3. fatham. There lieth also an other Bancke or shoald of the same depth almost two dutch myles from Graueling.

There is safe roade and harborowe vnder the tower called the Oldman for a north winde, where you haue 7. or 8. fatham.

In the verie middest of the streightes there lieth a shoald 4. fathams deepe: of which both by south and by north there are 20. and 22. fatham: Right before the en­trie of the riuer of Some two dutch myles into the sea it is not past 5. or 6. fatham deep.

He that will saile to Deepe, setting out from the tower called the Oldman, must goe forth south southwest, so shal he ariue to the entrie of Deep: at the very mouth therof on the Larrbord are marks made of Oasiers but it must be halfe floude before a great ship be able to come in.

A Description of the sea Coastes of Flaundres & Picardie beginning from Neweport vnto Deepe, w t the Flemmishe bankes, vntill you be past the straight betweene England & France the w c is called the heades

A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE ISLES OF ALDERNEY, GARNZEY AND IERZEY, AND THE QVASKETTES CALLED the Kaskets, together with all the coasts, rocks, and shoalds, lying thereabouts both within and without.

FEcam beareth westward from Deepe 7. leagues, and is a bard hauen: Beyond it lieth the point of Strusard, from whence you may sayle to Seyne head S. S. W. Newhauen (called Hable-neuf) standeth inwarde from thence halfe a league, where you may anker, to stay for the tide and sayle vp the Seyne to Roane, so that before the tide be vnbent you passe ouer the first traues or Drybancks: and the way from Newhauen to Honfleur lieth S. E. But you must sayle along the south shoare, because the north side of the riuer to Quillebeuf is ful of shoaldes, and then are you thorow the first traues: But you must be very heedfull of that strong spring of the Sea (called the Barre or beare) in which the tide setteth so violently and swiftly, that a ship can scarse be kept vp with all her ankers and cables. But all this reach is to be sounded.

Southwest of Seyne head lyeth a banke of three fatham: and before the dike of Cadom (called the Fosse of Caen) there are bankes, which you may sayle round abouts by the channell of Caen, which is a bard hauen.

Six leagues or thereaboutes towardes the west, standeth the Cape of Cherbourge where for a rough northwest winde is good harbour: there lye sands ouerthwart the bay, which at low water haue but two fatham depth.

Agaynst a north and northwest winde you may safely anker vnder Alderney by the little bard hauen, in a sandy bay hard abourd the shoare: where it is 7. or 8. fa­tham deepe.

If you will enter the race of Blancquerd, you may runne in, eyther in the midst of the channell, or at your discretion betweene the cape of Haghe, and Alderney: for you may bo­row the north shoare alongst vpon 10. or 12. fatham, vntill you are past the Sans, which is a row or ledge of hidden rockes, to be left on the starreboord: there cast anker in the channell at 7. or 8. fatham, and against the broad tower. The race of Blanquerd rea­cheth inwardly south and by east, and south south east: But if you will sayle on the backside of the great Isle of Iersey, you must crosse ouer, and anker vnder the same where you please for in euery place thereaboutes is good ground.

And there is an other safe road for ships, vnder the main of Sainct Malo (called Conkall) you may sayle into the same both by East and west: before it lieth a ledge of rockes a­boue water. The bay is great and the harbour safe, hauing at lowe water 4. or 5. fatham. From this roade you may descrie the Isle of Ierzey right ouer against the same, almost 5. dutch myles off.

But, if by reason of a northwest tempest, you are driuen to seeke safe ankering vnder Garnezcy, or elswhere, you must set for Garnezcy or the little Isle of Arme, auoyding on the west side the great rockes of the Quasquettes (called the Kaskets) sayling south and by east vntil the castle which standeth in the sea be brought to the south poynt of Garnezcy. Then saile betweene the greater and the lesser Island, where you may anker by south or by north from the castle, where you please, in 7. or 8 fathams. But if you will anker at the south side of the sayd Island, beare aloofe to sea-ward from the outmost poynt of the land, because all that shoare is full of rockes: after you haue doubled that poynt you may anker at 12. or 14. fatham: you may goe out againe Eastward betweene the Isles Arme and Sarke, or seeke there for roade as you list. Sarke standeth from the Cape of the Haghe, or the trade of Alderney, 6. dutch leagues south and by west.

Although these Islandes lye neere the coastes of Fraunce they are notwithstan­ding subiect to the Crowne and gouernement of England: their trade is little or no­thing at all, and therefore vnknowne to vs.

A CARDE of parte of the Sea Coastes of Normandie and Britānie with the Islands adioyninge.

A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTES BETWEEN S. MALO, AND BEYOND THE PORTE OF ROSCOVV.

IF you come from the Westerne sea, and seeke harbour vn­der Garnezey, you must sayle in by the south shore of the lande, and may Anker in the Channell at 20. or 25. Fatham neare to the sharpe tower or els where at your pleasure. Ierzey standeth from Garnezey southeast almost 5. dutch leagues, where is also safe roade for shippes. S. Malo is distant from Ierzey. 8. leagues towardes the south and is a bard hauen: at the entrie where­of are rockes, betweene which you must sayle into the riuer, and cast anker before the citie at 5. or 6. fatham. And there lyeth a bancke westward two or three dutch leagues from the towne, vnder which there is safe roade in 5. fa­tham water: There is also an Island called Brybac standing from thence three dutch leagues, which you may sayle round about, and cast Anker where you will. And 2. leagues from thence there is a riuer called Lantrilliers, which hath many rockes and shoaldes on the west side.

From thence stand the sept Isles distant two dutch leagues: within which lieth white hauen (called Port blanc) of 6. or 7. fatham. Those Islandes may be sayled round about.

There lieth a shoald called Octobers northwest from the west point of the sayd Island about a league and a halfe of the shoare. Vlisshauen (called Green Island is sci­tuated a dutche league westwarde, which may on both sides be entered: and is a most safe hauen for all wether.

The Riuer of Morlays lieth fiue dutche leagues from the sept Isles and is a bard hauen: you may anker amongst the rockes at 5. fatham in the Channell. Two dutche leagues from that place standeth an Islande (commonly called Taureau) by which you may saile into the Riuer of S. Paul de Lyon, which without is full of rockes, but within them you may anker at 6. or 7. fatham. There lieth an Isle called Ysle de bas 2. dutch leagues distante from thence: you may sayle in on both sides of it to the Channell or Road of Roscou which containeth 7. or 8. fatham both on the east and west side. Obcurac beareth from Roscou 5. leagues hauing many white sandy bayes alongest the shoare, which are most certaine markes of that coast.

The Inhabitantes of these countries haue great entercourse and traffique with the Portugalles, viz. of wheate, Rie, linnen Cloth, and other lyke grosse marcchaundizes.

THE SHEWING OR APPEARING of the Sea coastes of Britaine euē as they open and shewe betwene S. Malo and Roscou

A TRVE DESCRIPTION OF CONQVET, BREST, AND FONTENEAV, THE WONDERFVL COASTES OF BRITANY.

A Dutch league Eastward of the Cape of Gobe, called Les Fours, or the Fourn there are many blacke rockes lieng alongst the coast, which our sea­men call the Backouens, and within the same are manie little white sandie bayes: The land is also somewhat low and bewtified here and there with some houses. To get the Channell or passage betweene the foresaid rockes and bayes, you must saile 2. Cables length from the said rockes almost South Southeast, keeping S. Matthewes Abbey in the valley Eastward from Conquet point: then beare inwardes vntill you come to Blanc-hauen or Conquet point, hale then to the outwardes, vntill S. Mathewes Abbey be open vnto you without Conquet point, sailing a­longest a Cables length off: for so shall you not strike vpon the Bell, which lieth off Conquet point, almost three cables length. But keepe Flemynes bay full west of the white Friers called the Blancs Moines: But when you may plainely discerne Conquet you are thwart the rockes called Les Fenestriers, which lie vnder water at the east side of Conquet hauen. But if being at Sea you must turne in, bring S. Mathewes Abbey right without Conquet point, and saile againe about the rockes called the Hagles which lie almost a third part of the bredth of the waye from Vshant.

There is a harborough betwixt Fenestriers, and the Blancs Moines vnder S. Matthewes point in 6. or 7. fatham

And if you wil put ouer from S. Matthewes point to the Race of Fonteneau, you must conde y e ship from Blancs Moines south and by east, vntil you come to the Emperours and Emperes rocks called the Keiser, and Keiserine. But as you must not presse to neere Keiser, least you strike vpon the rockes which lie vnder water, so great heede is to be taken that you be not caried away with the tide or currente, which commonly setteth in towardes the Keiserine vpon the shoald called the Calfe, which stretcheth downe from Keiserine like a tongue: and it is alwaies there as a whirlepoole, and verie tempestuous. The Race of Fonteneau lieth out into the Sea South Southwest: But Bresont stretcheth into the sea west and by South foure dutch leagues from S. Matthewes. The marke to crosse the Race from S. Mathewes to the Keyser, is the mill of Fenestriers, standing directly westward off S. Matthewes Abbey.

But if you will saile to Croixduyns from S. Matthewes poynt, hold on east and by south, so that you keepe still the Southermost part of the rockes, called the Cheminees without Blancs Moines, vntill you get the bay of Crodune, and the chappell appeare on the grauelly shoare, towards which chappell you may safely beare, and there anker, in 9, or 10. fatham. Ouer against Crodun by the north shoare lieth Bertrandes-bay, being a very good harborough for a north and northwest winde. But he which will goe vp to Breste or Landerneau, must get good Pilots, for it is all sounding water.

The Collignier beareth South Southeast about a league & a halfe from S. Matthewes poynt. The Faukenes lie off from the west poynt of Crodun about the fourth part of a league west southwest. The southermost Faukenes standeth from the northermost about halfe a league South South-east, and is vnder-water at a high spring-tide. A cables length off north north-east lieth a blinde rocke, which at lowest ebbe is euen with the water. This South Faukenes beareth north-east and by north from Crodun. There is also another hidden rocke west-ward from the north-east Faukenes which appeareth at lowest water. The rocke called the Hen lieth distant from Faukenes west South-west two Cables length. There is another called the Chicken almost north-west and by west from the Hen, being two sharpe rockes, which at a great ebbe are either euen or little aboue the water. There lieth also a rocke east and by south from S. Matthewes poynt, lyeng in the middest of Bertrandes-bay, by the North-side of the water of Brest: And these are his markes, viz. when the southermost of the rocks, called Cheminees, are one with S. Matthewes poynt, then you strike vpon this rocke, but if it appeare a little without, then you goe cleare.

VVest Penmarques is a bard hauen, which is to be entered on the East-side along the shoare, and leaue the great rocke on the starre-boord side, which being once past, you may anker at three fatham water: for as you come in, without the rocke, you haue 8. or 9. fatham: you may also sayle within the East Penmarques: for the maine is sandy strande, where you may anker in 10. or 12. fatham very safely, neere vnto the Isle of Morton, for there is faire ground.

THE SEA Carde ofs Britayne, Conteining the Coastes, Bays, Iles, and hauens, that lye betweene Rouscou and Groye verie dilligently corrected. A o 1588

AN EXACT DESCRIPTION OF THE SOVTH COASTES OF BRITANY BETWEENE BLAVET, AND Picquelier, wherein is also contayned Belisle and Groy.

TO sayle into Blauet, when you haue the East poynt of the Island called Groy South and by west, then are you come to the entry thereof which stretcheth inwardes north northeast, where is a very safe harborough for any winde or wether at 6. or 7. fa­tham water. In the entry you haue 4. fatham water but there lie some shoalds which you must shunne. On the west-side of the entrie standeth a great sharpe steeple. There is also vnder Groy good ground for ankering 7. or 8. fatham deepe, and safe harborough for a south-west winde. But beware of the south-east shoare, for it is rockie ground. But if you will harbour vnder Belisle, you may goe in, on both sides all at large, where you may let fall your anker at 10. or 12. fatham water by S. Paules spire stee­ple. But at a Northeast or north north-west winde, you must way and plie vp to the East side of the Island, where before S. Helen you haue safe road at 10. fatham. But if the winde come aboue at south, or south south-east, returne then before the foresayd steeple of S. Paule. There lie 3. Islands about a league and halfe from Belisle, the middest whereof hath safe harborough: you may sayle betwixt them from Island to Island, & in some places finde good riding. About two leagues thence lieth the maine land, where are 2. great bayes, or riuers: from whence you may betwixt the maine, and the foresaid Islandes, within Belisle, sayle to Croyswicke, or Croisill, and the riuer of Nantes, called the Loyre.

Croyswicke lyeth from Belisle about 8. dutch leagues East and by North, and East North-east. And from Croyswicke to the riuer of Loyre it is about 3. leagues. He which will goe vp that riuer, let him runne along the shoare of Croyswicke 3. ca­bles length off to the pierced rock, which he may look thorough like a great gate. From thence let him keepe still two cables length off the northerne shore, streight to the point, whereon standeth a sharpe steeple, vntill he be within the rockes cal­led Les Pourceaux, which lye in the middest of the riuer betwixt the pierced rocke, and the steeple. But when he is past S. Nazarethes steeple, he may anker in the chan­nell at 10. or 12. fatham, where he must take in a Pilotte to lead him vp the Loyre vnto Nantes, by the helpe of the plummet. There lie Banckes to the Sea-ward a league and a halfe off Croyswicke poynt: betweene which, and the land called La Collecte he may sayle vnto the bay of Armentyer.

If ye will goe from the East-side of Belisle with the bay of Armentyer, let him conde East and by South till he come to the Abbie of Armentyer: beyond which on the coast side standeth a woode: then he must sayle East North-east till the same woode open a good way Northwarde from the Abbey: then shall hee be cleare of the shoald called the Munkes Ledge. Then must hee set Eastwardes to­wards the rocke called Peter Meyne, which you may on both sides saile by: assoone as you are past it, anker at 6. or 7. fatham, for the rest is to be sounded. Right ouer against Armentyer poynt standeth Picquelier: from whence the course lyeth South and by East to the Island Heys or Hoy, vnder which is a dangerous road, and onely safe against a South-west and a west South-west winde: there is al­waies a great noyse and troublesome whirling.

These coastes doe yeeld almost the whole yeere, wines, white linnen cloth, Graynes, damaske Prunes, and Chesse-nuttes: which are transported thence to other countries. And Nantes, is the chiefest mart towne of these parts, whither the best Orleans wines are brought downe the riuer of Loyre.

The Sea Coastes, with the Iles of Bretayne betweene Blauet & Piequeliers,

A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTES OF PICQVELIER, ROCHELL, BROVAGE, AND OF THE Islandes, rockes, and shoaldes adioyning, euen as farre as Garunne the riuer of Bordeaux.

FIrst if you will sayle from Heys to the Kellyats, shape your course E and by S. and E S E vntil you are past the rocke called Le Baer d'Olone, which you may sayle round about: Then may you hale along the coast of Poitou, leauing two third parts of the water towardes the Isle of S. Martyns, vntill Vrcke come without the point of the Downes, and then may you see a little Tower and a woode in the land of Bos, keepe that tower so long shut vp in the wood, vntill the steeple in the coast of Poitou (which is called the Leper) doe come ouer against Vrcke, which you must so hold, vntill Rochell appeare without Bos poynt: then haue you passed the Lauerdine: And then may you sayle forth thorough Porthuis, or els cast anker vnder the coast of Bos at 6. or 7. fatham.

The markes of Lauerdine are these: If you will anker vnder the Bos, keepe Rochell from Bos a ships length, so you shall be cleare of the Lauerdine: But if you wil anker vnder the Abbey of S. Martynes Island, keepe the Abbey right with­out the sandy poynt of the sayd Island, and hold on your course into the sandy bay Eastward of the Abbey, and so shall you escape the shoaldes of Lauerdine, for there is the roade for ships that are bound outward.

Porthuis is wide and broade, and stretcheth inward East South east: Brant or Burning Island standeth from S. Martynes three dutch miles S E and by East: from whence you may sayle to the Easterne shoaldes called Oesterbanke South South-east: keepe the little Tower of Hers on the west side of the wood, vntill the red round tilde house, which standeth ou the South side of the riuer Charante, be one with the steeple called Le Four: Then sayle East South­east, and South East and by East, vntill Soubyse be ioyned to the gray village called Graue Dorpe, that standeth on the shore side, & the little steeple of Hers, wil shew it selfe right on the East-side of the Valley which is in Hers woode: goe then by the markes South Southeast, keeping both the little steeple which is in the Valley on the East-side thereof, and the East little steeple of Hers, in the white sandy place. And these are the true markes of the channell of Brouage inwardes and outwardes vnto the Easterne flattes called Oesterbanke: and when the red round house couered with Slates appeareth beyond the broad tower of Vere, then are you past out of Brouage channell. Now if you will crosse ouer to Brant Island, bring not Rochell tower out of the Isle vntill you come neare the Island, because of the shoald called the Baniaert, which stretcheth downe by the Isle Oleron, and is seene at lowe water. And the roade vnder Brantysle is, where you may anker to heaue out your ballast in 12. or 13. fatham.

If you wil enter the riuer of Bordeaux called Garunne, keep the steeple of Cordam in your sight East South-east, or somewhat more Easterly. On the other side of the riuer standeth an high redde Downe, which you must bring North­east from you, vntil you come neare the Downe which lyeth Northward: then coast along that side, vntill you haue entered the riuer on the North side: anker then before Royan at 6. or 7. fatham: all the rest is to be sounded. The North­side of the riuer hath redde Downes, and somewhat high, without trees. Three or foure leagues from the riuer side are low Downs, where grow some trees and woodes.

In these coastes is great trade of bay salt, and wine, all the whole yeare: great plenty whereof is transported from thence to diuers countries: But Rochell is the ehiefcst towne of traffique there aboutes.

THE SEA COASTES of the landes of Poyctou and Bordeaux euē as they shew and appeare, when you sayle there alongst betweene Picquelier & the Riuer of Bordeaux called the Garonne *

A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTES OF ACASON AND BAYON, AND OF THE Eastern part of Biscay vnto Castro.

ABout 18. leagues Southward of the riuer of Bourdeaux, is a porte called Acason, at the entrie wherof are two great rockes, but on the North side it is broadest: shunne the inner point of the Porte, because it is full of rocks. In the very en­try you haue 5. fatham water, but Northward it is deeper and faire ground: and contrariwise towardes the South lie many perillous rockes, whereof it behoueth you to be heede­full: you may sayle in at this hauen betweene the maine land and the rocke, amiddest the channell.

Foureteen leagues Southward from Acason, lieth the hauen of Bayon, whose entrie is wide and broade. Set the tower at the North poynt or cape of the land, and so sayle betweene the rockes and the cape, vntill you come into the hauen, where you may anker within the point before the towne at 4. or. 5. fa­tham water. From thence the course is Southward to S. Iohn de Lux three leagues within the rockes, which stretch inwards Southeast, and Southeast and by South, where standeth a hill like a saddle bearing Southeast from you: The towne lyeth in a great bay, and so doth Fuenterabie vpon a fresh water riuer. Passai beareth 5. leagues from S. Iohn de Lux west Northwest. From thence you goe westward two leagues to the port of Otera which stretcheth inwards South Southeast, and there haue you in the entrie 3. fatham water, but when you are within it is wide and broad, and the hauen is bard. Foure leagues westwarde of Otera lieth Bilbao streching inwardes South and by East: after you are in, you may turne vp Eastward, where you haue 4. or 6. fatham water: on the South-side of the hauen lieth an Island, where standeth a light tower, which you must set South and by East from you as you sayle in, where it is. 3. fatham deepe.

Machichaco a good hauen lyeth fiue leagues from Bilbao west south west, and Southwest, & by west, which from the west side stretcheth inwards Southest and by East in 8. or 9, fatham. In the middest of the entry you shall finde a rocke, which you must leaue on the Larbord side: you may also sayle in at the East side of the rocke, but there you haue but 3. fatham: From the entrie, the hauen is wide and broad, and you may anker in any place of the channell at 8. or 9. fatham. Castro beareth three leagues westward from Machichaco, & stret­cheth inward westerly. In the midst of the entry standeth a rock almost south-west, which you may sayle round about in 6. or 7. fatham. The streightnesse beareth vp Southerly: you may turne in towardes the East, and cast anker in the channell at 10. or 12. fatham.

These portes yeeld Rosin, Chessenuttes, Iron, wooll, Orenges, Filbberd­nuttes, and steele, which are their trades.

A CARDE OF THE SEA COASTES of Acason & Biscay with their hauens, and opening of their landes, hills, and Mountaynes *

A TRVE DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTES BETWEENE Laredo and Sentillana.

LAredo beareth westward from Castro fiue Dutche leagues. To enter the bay, set S. Anthonies hill South East from you, and hale along S. Anthonies shore vntill you are cleare of the East poynt of the land. Then turne vp Eastward vntill you come to Laredo where you may lay out anker in 6. or 7. fatham. But if you will beare into the hauen within the two walles, you must doe it at highe water: for it is a port for barkes, and vessels of small burden. There lieth a shoald amiddest the entrie of the hauen, wheare it is alwayes very trou­blesome, and may be sayld about. S. Ander lieth foure Dutch leagues from S. Anthonies mount: hale along the west shoare vntill you come to the great rocke, whereon standeth a little house, on eyther side whereof you may saile in. S. Anders hauen stretcheth in from the entrance Northwest, and hath 6. or 7. fatham water.

Foure Dutch leagues from S. Ander lieth S. Martyns. It is very narrow as you come in and a bard hauen, and parteth it selfe inwardes into two litle streames. Fiue dutch leagues by west of S. Martyns standeth S. Vincents whose hauen also is bard, and hath a Rocke standinge westward of the entree, and a little fillet or riffe of sand from the East poyncte: you must sayle in betweene this sande, and the rocke, where it is narrow, but with­in it is a round hauen, mayntained by a little riuer.

Three Dutch leagues westward lyeth Lhanes likewise a bard hauen, on the East side of which lyeth a banke: sayle in on the west side of it, there is likewise a little riuer.

In these countries is great store of wooll, Iron, Chesse-nuttes, Orenges, Steele, and Rosin, of all which thinges there is great traffique.

THE SEA COASTES of Byscuy betweene Laredo and [...] euen as they shew when you pass before them

A TRVE DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTES BETWEENE Rio de Sella, and Auiles.

SIx Dutch leagues Westward of L'hanes lieth Rio de Sella. If you will enter the hauen, marke the maste which standeth vpon the Easterne shoare, neere which you must enter, because the west side is rockie and daungerous in­wardes. And being past the mast anker before the towne: it is a bard hauen.

Villa viciosa beareth 10. Dutch leagues westward of Rio de Sella, you must come in by the westerne shoare, because the Easterne is slat and perillous. Right within the mouthe of the hauen you shall finde a lit­tle shoald, which appeareth at a lowe ebbe, this is likewise a bard hauen. The towne standeth on the west side, whither you may sayle, & anker in the largest place. Six leagues from Villa viciosa westward lieth Sanpsons cape, and on the East side therof standeth a little Island with a small tower: be­tweene these two is goodharborough, and faire ground to anker in at 6. or 7. fatham: on the westside of Sanpson euen right before the litle porte is like­wise good riding in 6. or 7. fatham.

VVestward of Sanpson lieth Gyon hauing a peere of stone, vnder which Th'inhabitantes doe lay their fisher boates: A good Dutch mile from thence westward is the bay of Tores, where is safe harbarough, and 8. or 9. fatham water. On the cape standeth an high tower. Two leagues farther westward lyeth Cape de Pennas, from whence a rewe of rockes stretcheth out into the sea. Two leagues from thence standeth Auiles, the best porte of all these coastes: On the Eastside therof is a chapple, neare vnto the point you must passe, vntill you are within two rockes, where it is wide and broad. By the west poynt there runneth vp a little sandy riffe along the shoare, reaching inwardes by the hauen towardes the towne, where it is very shoaldie on both sides, and on the westside of the hauen lie two great rocks right against the little Church, that standeth by the sandy bay.

There is in these coastes farre greater plentie and store of fruits, wines, and other good marchandises, than is in Biscay.

The Mappe of the Sea Coastes of Biscay bet­weene Rio de Sella & Auiles, verie naughty hauens for great shippes Iodocus Hondiusfe.

A DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTES OF RIBA DEOS, BIƲIERO, AND LVARCA.

FRom Auiles vnto Luarca, are six dutch leagues South-west and by west, it is an hauen for small ships and stret­cheth Southeast inwards, the Eastside is dangerous, but the west is good and faire. Riba Deos, beareth Southwest and by west from Luarca, and is a good hauen for all ships: westward of it standeth a sharpe steeple, and a little from thence into the sea lieth a hidden rocke: when you enter the mouth of the hauen two other Towers come in sight at the west side of the hauen, the one on high, the other below nigh the shoare: Then conde tho­row the very middest of the channell vntill you come against the second or farthest tower within the hauen: where you may anker on both sides at your pleasure: But the west side is deeper contayning 4. 5. or 6. fatham euen vp to Riba Deos, which standeth vpon a great bay.

The Cape of Brilo is six leagues Northwest from Riba Deos. westward from this cape standeth S. Ciprian, ouer agaynst which lie two great round rockes. A league thence westward, standeth an Island thwart the mouth of the hauen of Biuiero, which you may sayle about on both sides: yet best roming in, is on the west side: where being cleere of the poynt, you may anker at 6. or 7. fatham. Two leagues to the west of S. Ciprian is S. Marks roade, which is a faire bay. Two leagues from thence is a little hauen called Quirins, which on the west side is full of rockes, but on the East side faire and good to enter at. Three leagues from Quirin lieth the Cape of Ortegall where also standeth a Castle, neere which you haue safe roade for a west and a Southwest wind.

This countrey yeeldeth great plentie of the best wynes of Ribadeos as­well red as claret, and likewise aboundance of Orenges, Apples, Peares, Chessenuttes and other fruites: all which are both comfortable and whol­some for mans body.

THE SEA COASTES of Gallicia from Cape of Auiles vnto Ortegal.

A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF CORƲNNA CALLED THE GROYNE, FEROLES, and Monsej the cheefest portes of Gallicia.

THe hauen of Siguera beareth three dutche leagues South westward from Ortegall, it stretcheth inward South east, and is a good Porte, the Southside thereof hath a low point, and is good, but the Northside is all rockie and fowle gound. You must anker before you come to the vil­lage of Siguera. Foure dutche leagues westwarde from thence lieth Cape de Prior, which reacheth out into the sea. Two dutch leagues farther southward you haue the hauen of Feroles, vpon the northside therof are 2. or 3. sandie Bayes, of which the most Southerly is the greatest, whervpon do stande a house or two, when you are come nigh the house, then appeareth vnto you somewhat Southerly the hauen of Feroles, where you may sayle in at the middest of the water, and beynge cleare of the North corner, geuynge it a little bieth, anker in the Channell at 12. fatham, for before the village it self it is flat and rockie. The south poynt of Feroles stretcheth far outward, and is full of rockes: you may set out from Feroles to Corunna, South, and South and by East, vntill you be somwhat within the towre, which stan­deth vpon a round Hill or Cliffe. Then shall you see on the starborde side a litle Island wherein standeth a litle Church called S. Blase, hale alonge a Cables length of it, and anker before the towne at 6. or 7. fatham.

If you will runne into the Channell of Coruna from the Island Cyzarga (called by the Fleminges Caesarea) you must shape your course East south east about 5. leagues, vntill you are within sight of the towre which standeth on the west coast of the lande: for then shall you keepe 4. or 5. Cables length of the shore, and may holde on your course in the Chanel right South east 4. or 5. leagues: (and beinge past Corunna) may cast anker at Fontenne or Pytance, on the west side vnder a rew of Rockes at 10. or 12. fatham water.

And ouer agaynst Corunna East north east standeth a cittie called Puente de Mas, where you may also anker at 10. or 12. fatham. There haue you likewise on the northside a rew of Rockes, and ouer the Riuer a great Bridge.

There lieth an Hauen called Queres South south west, and South and by west, of the Island Cyzarga, whose entrie is fayre: after you are entred you must turne in westward a great half league, and may anker there at 8. or 9. fatham in the channell. Seuen dutch leagues westward of Cyzarga lieth the east poynt of Monsei or C. de Bellem, neare which you may sayle to Monsei South south east, and Southeast and by south. If you wil come in thither from the west, keepe the cape of Corrian called the Groyne without Cape de conde two ships lengths, vntil you may see Marikerke which stands on the westside cleare without Monsei poynt. Continue your course towardes Marykerke through the channel south east and anker behinde the Rokes before the towne at 8. or 9. fatham. Yet shall you not saile into Monsei before Marykerke be seene without the poynt of Monsei. There you may like­wise anker on the Northside of the hauen at 6. or 7. fatham. On the Southside of the towne of Monsei, there is a Bay, before which lieth a shoald East north east about two cables length thwart the hauen.

Marykerke lieth from Monsei North and by East, but it lieth East North east from the Shingles. VVhen you come from Sea, if Marykerke be from you South east, you may enter at the west side of the rockes: the rocks lie from Monsei South west and by south: but the inner end of the rockes beareth South and by west.

The Cape de Finisterre, and Monte Lauro, lie from eache other South east, and North west, and the Rockes betwixt them beare South south east. There is a Bay betweene the Capes of Finisterre and Corrian, where eastward of the great Rocke you may anker before the sandie Bay at 6. or 7. fatham. A litle dutch league to the Eastward of Fini­sterre beareth the hauen of Corcouia, which the Fleminges call Corco baiona: It stretcheth inwards to the North, where you may cast anker in the channel at the sandy Bay in 8. or 9. Fatham.

These Coastes or Portes do yelde like Marchandises and Fruites as the aforesayd coastes of Riba deos &c. They take besides at certaine seasons euery yeare a wonderfull great quantitie of whales, to their great profit and commoditie.

The mappe' of the sea coastes of Galicia and of Octugall Vntill you bee paste the Cape of Finisterre, Euen as it is scituated and as it appeereth When you comme sailinge alongst Out of the Spannishe Sea

A TRVE DECLARATION OF THE SEA COASTES OF GALLITIA FROM the Cape de Finisterre beyonde Camino.

IF you will sayle into Muros or Moores, set Montelauro called Mounteluer Northeast and by East from you, holde then on towardes Montelauro, and you shall go cleare of the Rockes that he on both sides, but borow most of the south side, because that is the salfest. But when you come neare Montelauro, you shall see many high Rockes, which you must leaue on the larebord side three cables length, and so go in. South south east of Montelauro you haue a blinde Rocke in the middest of the Channell, which you must leaue on the starbord side. But when the Towne that lieth in Northwards of Montelauro cometh full open vnto you, then are you past this blinde Rocke, which lieth South and by East, somwhat more Easterly of the East ende of the towne. You must shunne the first poynt within Montelauro, two Cables length of, and hauyng past the o­ther poynt, beare in Northwardes to the towne which is on the starbord side. The citie Muros standeth on the west side of the hauen, where you may anker at .12. or .13. fatham.

But if you will enter the Riuer of Roxo, you must set Southwarde without the cape of Muros, for there are many rockes stretching out into the sea on the Northside of the hauen of Roxo, which you cannot saile between. VVherefore holde on till you be south of the great rocke, and hauing left all the rockes on your Larebordside or to the sea­wards, continue your course between the firme lande and the rocke, vntill you may see the hauen open before you. Then must you passe vp in the middest of the channell vnto the Island Roxo, and there anker where you please. But on the Southside are 2. or 3. bayes where is good anker holde. If you will go to Puente Vedra set in on the Southside of the Isle Blidedones, which is a very flat land, lying in lēgth East north east about two dutch leagues: then shall you come to a little Island in the middest of the Hauen, which you shall leaue on the Larboorde. To the Southward of it you may perceaue a towre on the mayne lande, before which you must sayle, and anker at 7. or 8. fatham.

Foure dutch leagues from Puente vedra lie the Islandes of Bayon, which to such as come out of the sea, shew like gray rockes, or cliffes. If you will go in at the North-side, your course lieth in midde water, betweene these Islandes, and the mayne lande, vntill the channell of Cannas or Cangas and Vigo be opened vnto you: then go Eastwarde in. The Hauen is fayre and large, you may ride on both sides, either before Vigo or Cangas: and may likewise go farther in beyonde the South poynte to Rondello, where both shippe and lading may be salfe in the Oase without cable or anker.

But if you will sayle in by the south Island of Bayone, your course lieth in the middest of the channell between the sayd Island and the mayne land, vntill you are cleare of the poynt of Bayon. Then set towards the East poynt of Boyon, wherevpon standeth a castle afterwards turne southwarde behinde the Castle to the cittie, where you may anker at 6. or 7. fatham. You may also crosse ouer thence to Vigo, betwixt the poynte and the Islande or Rocke that lieth in the other side of the hauen at 3. or 4. fatham.

But if you will sayle from the southermost Islande to Vigo or Cangas, holde on two leagues Northeast vntill you may see thorough between the mayne and the North Is­land, and that the cittie of Cangas appeare without the corner, which is on the North side of the hauen. Then ariseth a low point on the starboord side, holde on in the middest of the channell between the sayd point, & the North land, where you may anker in what place you please: both on the Southside before Vigo, and on the North side before Cangas in 12. or 13. fatham.

These countries and portes yeld great aboundance of Orenges, Chestnuts, and very small wines. And thither is carried great quantitie of Corne, to the great benefit and behoofe of many Marchaunts and Marriners.

A DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTES OF Galicia beginning from Cap de finisterre Vnto Camino, Dōne According Vnto the true Situa­tion & appearing Thereof * 1588 *

A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COSTES OF THE NORTH PART of Portugale viz. from Ʋiana, to cape de Montego.

ABout three dutch leagues to the Southward of Bayone standeth a monastery vpon the strand. Fiue Dutch leagues from hence is the riuer of Viana called Rio de Lymas, at the entry wherof lyeth a nota­ble ledge of rocks. That you may goe cleare of the same, hold on still Southward, vntill the two fire or watch Towers which stand vp­on South-land be brought in one. For by these markes you may hale along the shoare in 4. or 5. fatham, vntill the two houses and the little steeple which you see vpon the Northside of the land be brought together.

Then hold on so alongest the shoare on the East side of the rocke whereon standeth a mast, vntil the riuer lie open before you. Then saile inwards on the South side of the second rocke, whereon also standeth a maste. Then crossing vp Northward to Viana anker at 7. or 8. fatham. In the very entrie lieth a barre, whereon is two fatham water. Fiue Dutch leagues South of Viana standeth Villa del Conde, and at the entrie of that hauen are many rockes, rounde about which you may safely passe in 5. or 6. fatham depth. Farther inward lieth a barre or a shoald thwarting all the mouth of the hauen and hath 2. fatham water, the deepest place in all the hauen is not aboue 3. or 4. fatham, but the best depth is to the Southward. It is a bard hauen, and in the North part, full of rockes and sandes.

Three leagues Southward of Villa del Conde lie the great high rockes of Lesons halfe a league to the Northward of the riuer of Port de Port, called Rio Duero, betwixt which rockes and the mayne, you may saile in on both sides, and there ride at 6. or 7. fatham, for the ground is very good for ankering. There lieth a rocke vnder water halfe a league Southwest of the west corner of the said rocks.

The porte of Metellyn, lieth within the foresaid high rockes, being a bard hauen of 2. fatham. A league Southward of Lesons rockes, lieth the Riuer Port de Port. into which you must hale on the Northside, keeping all the rockes Northward of the riuer, and saile along the South shoare East and by North, vntill you are cleare of the rocke whereon standeth a crosse, then fare you forward in the middest of the riuer to the citie Port de port. Inwardes it is 10. or 12. fatham, but the entrie is onely 3. or 4. fatham deepe, at halfe floud. You may enter likewise on the South side along the shoare, where at high water there is 3. fatham.

From Port de port to Aueiro is 8. leagues, all the coast alongst the shoare is downes. About the mouth of Aueiro are ragged downes, and may hale along the strand at 10. or 12. fatham: when the high blacke hill within the land beareth East and by South from you: then are you in the entrie and right before Aueiro riuer. when you are come in 6. or 7. fatham water, you shall see three mastes standing vpon the shoare, which you must keepe togither, bearing inwardes East and by South, and East South east, vntill you come neare the shoare, where these mastes stand by the sand bancks. Then set Northward, and holding on neare the North shoare, leaue all the flattes on the starreboord, vntill you haue the riuer open before you. Then turne in againe East South east vp to Aueiro, in the middest of the channell, betwene both the coasts. At the entrance vpon the shoald at halfe floud, you haue but 2. fatham, vntill you are within it, where you haue 5. or 6. fatham depth.

Fiue Dutch leagues Southward of Aueiro beareth the Cape de Montego, and a eague to the Southward of that Cape, lieth the bard hauen Pisage: halfe a league to the westward from thence in the sea lieth a bancke conteining 6. fatham water, vn­der which you may ride at 12. or 13. fatham. Vnder the Burlynges which are pour­traied in the next Table, you may cast anker at 10. fatham right against the Hermi­tage, where you haue very faire ground.

These countries yeeld store of wines, Oringes, Oyle, and Oliues, and much good Salte is carried from Aueiro. But the citie of port de port is the chiefest Towne of traf­fique in all these coastes.

THE SEA COASTES OF Portugal betwene Camino & Montego, euē as the Countrie there aboutes is lying and situated with all the hauens thereof Exactly dōne, and corected with great dilligence.

A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTES OF THE MOST notable part of Portugall. viz. from the Burlinges to beyond Sainct Vues.

THe Cape of Roxent beareth 12. leagues South and by East, and South south-east from the Burlings. About a league to the Eastward of Roxent lieth the Roade called Cascals: where against a North wind you may anker at 10. or 12. fatham. If you wil from Cascals into the riuer of Lysbone, hale along the north shore bearing a loofe from the first blacke poynte, about a cables length. Then go towards S. Gyles poynt a quarter of a Cables length of it: but take heed you enter not in a calme and a low ebbe, because the tide setteth strongly vpon the northern shoalde, called the north Malechopos or Katchupps: when you are within S. Gyles, beare alongest the North shoare, vntil you are past the castell cal­led Restiers, or Rastels, and anker at 12. or 13. fatham, before the Towne called Bolin.

But if you will sayle in the channell called the Craeck deepe, or great deepe of Lis­bone, set the west poynt of Roxent right against Cas-cals, vntill the abbey which stan­deth vpon the hill westward of Restiers aunswereth to the little tower which bea­reth Northwardes vpon the land: Then goe so towardes the Abbey of S. Kathe­rynes almost North-east, and North-east and by East, vntill on your Larbord side you haue two third partes of the riuer. Continue then your course towards Restiers, vntill you are past the castell, where you may anker at your pleasure.

But if through the Craicke deepe you will turne in or out vpon a board, bring the said little Tower two mastes length westward and the like distance to the north­ward of the sayd Abbey, and euery time when you haue brought your markes af­ter this sort, turne the shippe, vntill you come to S. Katherynes bay.

But if you will set towardes the Bankes of S. Vues or S. Toous, keepe the first poynt lying to the westward of Zizembre a shippes length without the point that beareth Eastward of it, vntill you see a white house appeare ouer agaynst the castell that standes on the shoare: Then may you discouer the castell of Palmedo in a great valley: keepe these markes after this maner, and goe North Northeast and North-east and by North, vntill you are past the aforesayde castell on the shoare. And from thence hale along that shoare at a cables length to S. Vues. In the banks of S. Vues lie 7. shoaldes or barres, which at full sea haue 4. fatham wa­ter. On the South-side these bankes are drie, and doe for the moste part shewe aboue water. The entrie along the South coastes is onely for Barks, and small vessels, anker neare the citie of S. Vues at 6. or 7. fatham.

In this part of Portugall is so great trade and varietie of traffique, that it is hardly to be matched in all Europe. For there is great plentie of all kinde of spices, suger, siluer, golde, wine, oyle, salt, Iuory, cochenille, brasill, and innumerable other kinds of marchandises, that are brought thither out of the Indies, and from thence transported and dispersed throughout all Europe.

THE SEA MAPPE OF P [...]ugal wherein are situated the most famous mar [...] towne of Lisbone & S t vues with their Riuers and coastes as they show when you saiell vp and downe them.

A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTES OF ALGARBES the Southern part of Portugall.

AT the Cape of S. Ʋincent you haue salfe harborow for a North and Northwest winde: Two leagues from Lagos, lieth a great rock vnder water, and a great league South­ward from Villa Noua: whether if yee will goe bring the tower and the mast standing vpon the East land, togither, and holde alonge the shoare vntil you are past the tower, then beare in Northward till you come before the citie of Villa Noua, where on the South side you haue a great drie bancke: at the en­trie or mouth is onely 2. fatham water at half floud, and the north side is ful of bancks and shoaldes. About 6. leagues Eastward beareth the citie Faraon, where, vpon the shoare standeth a light tower, from the corner whereof lieth out a banck which you must auoyd. Go in on the East side setting the tower on the Larbord, & the shoare of Tauilas on the starrebord side. Foure leagues Northward of Faraon lieth Tauilas, the entrance is crooked and full of shoalds which you must passe by obseruyng the shoare markes, beacons, and other signes before you may enter. At halfe floud you haue there not aboue 10. or 12. foote depth, & euery yere the channell shifteth. Foure leagues from thence Northward lieth Aimont, a good hauen, and you may beare right in from the sea, or may enter by the Eastside hard abord the shoare: within, it is wide and broade, you may turne to Castro-Marin or Aimont, where you may anker at 5. or 6. fatham, as you shall thinke best.

Fiue leagues further Eastward you haue the channell of L'epe which doth chaunge almost euery yeare. Two leagues Eastward from thence lieth the entrie of S. Michael where you may come directly in from the sea, & then from S. Michaels with litle barkes you may passe the shoaldes to L'epe or Cartaya, where you may take in the good Bastard wine.

These Hauens doe yeeld figges, oyle, corke, and wines, there is also great store of fish taken at Lagos, which is carried thorough the straightes of Gi­braltar, sold and distributed among the most part of the townes of the Leuant.

A Description of the Sea Coastes, of the land of Algarbe, and a parte of the Condado with their shew & opening

A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTES AND HAVENS OF ANDALVZIA.

SAltees beareth 4. leagues Eastward from S. Michaell, you may saile by it, to the great Condado, and may goe in by the west entrance, and keepe Guelua, which we call the Vuoolfe, ouer the Ea­sterne point of the hauen, bearing inwardes to Saltees. But if you will enter by the land side, then must you beare in with the west ende of the white cliffe: hale then a cables length off alongest the shoare by the great tree, that standeth westward of the cliffe, keepyng still the point of the hauen right ouer against the Tower of Odier, vntill you are cleare of the Island. Then set Northward to Palos, where you may anker at 5. or 6. fa­tham.

Saltees lieth 8. leagues from Chipiona South-east: you may heere enter the riuer of S. Lucar de Barrameda called Guadalgueuir two cables length from the shoare: and when you are cleare of the second shoalde, giue it a birth of the South shoare, vn­till the Abbey, and the great tree are one: then holde on to S. Lucyfers Church com­monly called S. Lucar de Barrameda. To get the true depth and channell of the riuer set the said great tree right ouer the East-end of the Abbey, and so may you enter or goe forth. But when Chipiona beareth South Southwest from you, and the castell and tower are one, then are you neare the first blinde rocke or shoalde. The markes of the rocke that lieth in the entrance of S. Lucars channell are, when the windmill and the white Frierie are brought togither on the East-side of S. Lucar, for then should you by sayling forwardes strike vpon the rocke. wherefore keepe the windmill fiue foote distant Northward of the Abbey, and then shall you enter in the best of the channell, which at halfe tide is 4. fatham deepe. within, it is wide and broade, anker there at 10. or 12. fatham before the little Church which standeth on the North shoare.

Calis-malis lyeth South-east from Chipiona 7. leagues, there haue you the en­trie wide & broad. You may sayle in about two cables length of the Puercos, which lie about half a league from the North corner of Calis. About a great halfe league North-east and by North from thence lieth a rocke vnder water called the Dia­mant: then appeareth S. Maryes little Church betweene two great highe hilles.

If you will go farther in then Calis, hold on South-east beyond Puntall, where is good harborough for all winds. Calis bay is wide and broad and of 15. or 16. fatham depth. A North-west winde beateth full vpon it. From Calis to the straight of Gi­braltar you haue eight leagues: and three leagues thence to the hauen or roade of Gibraltar, which is a very fayre bay, and is able to conteyne many ships.

About the poynt of Tariffa or the streight, halfe a league from lande, lyeth a shoalde no deeper then 1½. fatham, which you must bee heedefull to auoyde.

These countries bring foorth all kindes of the best wines, fruites, and other Marchandises, as Seckes, Bastarde, and Romany, Figges, Reasins, Oyle, Oliues, Pomegranets, Cytherons, or Orenges, Sugar, Skinnes of India, and great plentie of the best Salt.

THE SEA COASTES of Andaluzia made according vnto the right situation thereof eauen as they appeare & open with their Riuers and hauens

A DECLARATION OF THE SEA CHART FROM THE FARTHEST part of England to Plimouth.

IF comming out of the East, you are bound with the Sor­linges, shape your course in by the Easterne shore at 8. or 9. fa­tham. There is a Bulwarke or sconce before the castell: And thence off a little waye lieth a rocke vnder water, you may sayle betwixt it and the Bulwarke. On the west side of the hauen are two rockes, keepe them in one, and goe neare the North shoare, so shall you safely sayle without the poynt in 10. fatham, but take heede you come no nearer. To go cleare of the rocke that lieth in the entrance, set the northerne rocke northward of the other rocke, so much as you may see thorough them, and then are you on the North-side of the rocke that lieth in the entrie. And when you are past the rockes that are aboue water, turne Northward neare the castell, and anker at 8. or 9. fatham. If you wil go from the Lysarde to Monsbay, hold on west North-west, vntill you see the castell in Monsbay vpon a high round rocke. Then beare into the Bay, right on the west side of the castell, vntill you discerne a litle Island nigh the west coast, wherevpon are two sharpe steeples like vnto watch-towers or beakons. And goe so into the Bay nigh to that Island or rocke, (for there alongest it is cleare) leauing the castell a good way on your starrebord side. by reason of the rockes adioyning. VVhen you are past the Island, you shall see a great sandy bay, where you may anker in 7. or 8. fatham. But the best of the roade agaynst a South & South South-east winde is at 6. or 7. fathā.

If you will sayle to Fallmouth, hale inwardes alongest the Easterne shoare two cables off, that you may be cleare of the blinde rocke that lieth in the en­trie. Beyond the hauen standes a high wood, which you must keepe beyond the Northerne poynt of the west land. By that wood are two chalky marks, which you must likewise keepe aboue the sayd poynt, then beare towards the middest of the high west land, where you may anker at 15. fatham, at the nor­therne poynt of the high land: But if you will runne farther in, plie East­ward towardes the Bay, and when you are cleare of the shoald which rea­cheth downe from the Easterne tower inwards towardes the middest along the hauen, there anker within the bancke neare the East land at 8. or 10. fatham.

Foy standeth also in a great Bay, beeing a bard hauen, where on each side standes a tower. Beare in betweene both shoares. But on the west-side the water is broader betweene the stakes and the tower which standeth on the west coast. But if you will hale in along the west shoare within the stakes, bearing a little off from the land, holde about the middest of the channell, but nearer to the westward, vntill you come before the towne where at full sea you haue depth enough.

Here is no great trade or traffique, but for broad cloathes, kersies, and Tinne. The greatest part of the inhabitantes liue vpon grasing, & shipping.

THE SEA COASTES of England, from the Sor­linges by the landes end to Plymouth with the hauens and harbrowghes

A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTES OF ENGLAND betweene Plimouth and Portland.

IF you will sayle into the Sounde of Plimouth and goe cleare of the Rocke, beare alongst hard by the East-side of the Island wher it is 5. fatham deepe at high water, vntill you see the Churche of Lyme-house on the west-side of the valley, for then are you cleere of the rocke: behinde that Island and vpon the maine lande of Plimouth standeth a wall, which if you doo heedefully marke and Lyme-house Churche appeare on the North head of the aforesayd valley, then shall you runne right vpon the Rocke, where you haue but 3. fatham at low water: yet behinde the Island you may anker in .12. or 13. fatham. But if you will forwards into the west harborough, set westward between the I­sland & the mayne land vntill you haue opened the west harborough hauen, then holde on in the middest of the channell between both landes, vntill you are within the west poynt, where you may cast anker at 9. or 10. fatham. VVhen you will sayle from the Cape called Ramhead into Catvvater, then plie towards Plimouth point vntill Catvvater lie open before you, leaue the greater parte of the water on your starborde side, and so sayle into the middest of the channell, where you may anker right against the northland in 4. or 5. fatham at a dead low water: And you may anker also on the side of the entrie vnder the Cape of Ramhead Northward thereof by the shoare in 10. fatham water for there is cleare grounde.

If your course lieth to Dartmouth, you shal diserne a red point on the East-side of the Hauen, and a blacke point at the waters side. In the Red poynt lieth a great white rocke: when you haue brought this rocke right ouer the Black poynt, you are harde abourde the Blinde rocke, that lieth thwart the Channell of Dartmouth, yet neerer to the East-ward. But when you come to discerne the Kay of the towne that standeth on the East-side of the Hauen, keepe amidst the channell, vntill you may perfectly see the same, then hale inwardes vntill you are within the two Ca­stles standyng on the hauens side, and you shall go cleere of the Rocke. The hauen is wide within: you may turne westward and let fal anker before the towne or the Brew-houses where you list. Three leagues East-ward from thence is the road of Torbay, which is very salfe for a South-west winde: you may likewise anker on the East-side of the start where is good anker holde in 8. or 9. fathā. Foure leagues to the Northward of Torbay lyeth the bay of Tynmouth a salfe harborough for a South winde, where is also good ground for ankering in 7. or 8. fatham. If you come out of the west into Portland road, holde on two cables length off alongst Porte­land shoare: and hauing past the poynt, turne westwardes till you come to the castell: where is good road against a South, and South and by East winde at 7. or 8. fatham. Northwarde of Portland, lieth a litle bard hauen, called VVeymouth, where you may anker at 4. or 5. fatham. If you will ride vnder S. Aldomes Land shun the Needles of Shipmans poole, and so saile into the town, which at a low wa­ter you haue ankeryng at 3. fatham.

These Portes yeeld almost nothing els but wooll and clothe: the inhabitantes doe liue chiefly vpon grazyng.

A DESCRIPTION OF THE Sea coastes of England. Betweene Plymmouth & Portland with the, cheefest hauens thereof according vnto theire Situation

A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTES BETVVEENE THE Isle of Wight and Douer.

TO goe in at the west end of Wight, you must looke well to the tide for the flood sets very sore vpon the Needles, and the ebbe like­wise westwarde vpon the Shingels and Chalkie Rockes which lie westwardes of the Needles, and it is very narrow between the Needles and the Shingels, wherfore saile directly with the Needles very neere them, and keepe the inner poynt of the Isle right with­out the Needles: And when you are so come within the Needles, beare somewhat off the Island between the Chesell & the Isles poynte, (because of the Rockes called the VVardens, which lie on VVight-side neare the shore) then turninge Eastward ouer against Calshorte, you must cast anker in 7. or 8. fatham.

But if you will enter at the East ende of VVight, keepe the Castle right against the Lime-kil that lies aboue Portesmouth vntil that Culuer cliffe come within the point of the Ile, for then shall you haue brought the Lyme-kill to the east end of Portesmouth: which you must so holde vntill the Castle which standeth to the westward of Portes­mouth doo appeare on the East side of the wood: and then plie sometimes towards Sainct Helens Abbey, keepyng your markes in this sorte, you shall take no hurt on the Shoaldes or Sandes. But if you cannot see the Limekill, then shall you keepe the Castle on the west-side of Culuer cliffe, vntill you haue brought S. Helens church with out the poynt of the Island a shippes length. Then may you freely sayle North­west vp, without any daunger of the Riffe or tayle-sand that lieth out. Then keepe the square Towre between the East ende of Portesmouth and the Castle: vntill you may see the Castle which standeth on the west-side of Portesmouth, Eastward of the wood: and so may you goe inwardes.

The marks of these Shoalds and Flats are these. viz. The Castle standinge Eastwards of Portesmouth, and the square towre, wherof I haue now treated.

VVhen you haue brought the Lymekill so much to the Eastward of the Castle, that you may but see betwixt thē, then are you vpon a litle shoald, which at low water hath 5. fatham and a halfe: and then haue you the Castle that standeth on the west ende of Portesmouth, at the west corner of the wood. But when the square towre that standeth by East of Portesmouth is brought westward of the Castle: then the Castle by west of Portesmouth standeth at the woods west ende. You haue there at high wa­ter 6. fatham. And when the square towre is seen betwen the East end of Portsmouth and the Castle, and the Castle standeth right betwixt the Limekill and the towre: & likewise when the Castle on the west end of Portesmouth standeth to the Eastwarde of the wood, then haue you 11. fatham at high water. But when the Limekill and Portesmouth towre are one, & the castle beareth westward of the wood, then haue you 10. fatham at high water, and lastly when S. Helen lieth south west and by west from you, then the South east ende of the shoald beareth North east, and by north from you.

Three leagues Eastward of VVeenbridge lieth Arundel, which is a bard hauen, & at half flood .2. fatham deepe: you must go in by the west coast, and let fall your anker before the towne in .5. fatham. Foure leagues from Arundell standeth Nevv Shoram,

The East side therof hath a grauelly Chesell, where alongest you may sayle in, and in the entrie you haue .3. fathā water at half flood: in the midst before the hauen lie rockes vnder water. The entrie on the west side is wide and broad, and is at halfe flood 2. fatham deepe, the hauen is large and broade within, where you may anker in 4. or 5. fatham.

If you will sayle into the Cammer of Rye, shape your course alongst the Shingels: and when you shalbe a Cables length of the poynt of the Shingels, turne vp towards the Castle of VVinchelzey, leauing all the shore or shoald markes on your starbord, then let fall your Anker in the Riuer of Rie, called the Rother at 4. or 5. fatham: for the Cammer where in times past we were wonte to lie is now fowle & full of shoaldes.

These countries yeeld litle else but wooll, Clothe, and Fier-wood, which are transported from thence.

THE SEA COASTES OF ENGLAND betweene the Ile of Wight & Douer, with the principal hauens thereof according to their situation and Appearing *
HONI SOIT QVI MAL Y …
HONI SOIT QVI MAL Y PENSE

THE SECOND PART OF THE MARINERS MIRROVR conteining in diuers perfect plots & sea charts boeth the Northern and Eastern NAVIGATION: VIZ.

From the Streights between Douer and Callis, the coastes of England, Scotland, Norway, Emdenyut­land A with all the sounds of Denmark & the Baltick sea unto Wiburgh and the Name.

With their particular descriptions trafiks and commodities.

A PERFECT DESCRIPTION AND POVRTRAICT OF THE CHIEFEST PART OF England viz. of Thames the riuer of London, and of all the sandes, bankes, flattes, and shoaldes vnto Harwich.

IF you come from the West, and will passe within the Goodwin to the foreland: first shape your course North north-east, and North and by east: and then the windmill standing westward of the foreland, appeareth on the west side of the valley, hold then on North and by East, vntil you haue brought the tower of the Foreland on the East-side of the sayd valley: and then are you on the North side of the Querns. The markes hereof are, when you see a litle tower standing on the forelandes point, and an other on the Southforeland ouer against the third white downe at the castels side. But if you come from the North and will sayle within the Goodvvin, take heede you come no nearer the Quernes then 7. fathā. Then setting the south Foreland from you South south west, you haue the best depth: when the broad Tower is brought into Ramsgate, you are then at the Quernes: But when the windmill appeareth in Ramsgate, or in the valley, you are then on the South of the Quernes. But when you be at the downes, and the innermost corner of the cliffe be South Southwest from you, then the Quernes beare North and by East: and the North-end of the Goodvvin North-east and by North, and Northeast from you.

If you will sayle frō Margate into the Thames, shape your course by north the foreland west South west: then holde on alongest the coast west, and west and by north to the Reculuers, where a ship that drawes much water must staie for the tide, to passe ouer the shoaldes cal­led the Lastes betweene a buy and a beacon, where is 3. fatham depth. From the buy set west north west, and west and by north towardes the Beacon standing northward, where you haue also 3. fatham water: and assoone as you are past that Beacon, it is but 2. fatham deepe at halfe floud: frō thence plie west northwest into the channell: holde then for the most parte towardes the north shoare, because of the Norre, which reacheth down frō the South shoare, and goe so foorth amiddest the riuer vp vnto Grauesend: But if you will backe againe alongest the North coast out into the Sea, shunne Blactaeil poynt before the middle shoald, afterwards plie Northeast, and northeast and by north vntill you haue brought a certaine Sharpe steeple in the middest betweene two others. The great spire steeple is called S. Mat­thevves Abbey. By these markes you may passe thorough the Spittes, within halfe a cables length off the shoare: then hold on alongest the shoare Northeast vnto the Nase, where two trees stand vpon a high hill: & when they are both in one, cond North Northwest, by the markes of Harvvich, vntill you come before the hauen: And from thence holde on northeast & by North to Orfordnesse, and so North Eastward into the sea. But when you shall be come to the Spittes, and the Beacon standing vpon the shoaldes of Shovv beare west Southwest. You are then in the Kings channel which lieth to the seaward North northeast, where at low water you haue 4. fatham.

If you will beare in with Harvvich, set the broad tower standing westward of Harvvich in the wood, Southward of Harvvich, and enter northwest and by north, and north northwest, vntill you are cleare of the fishers stakes. Then turne in westward or northward as you please, and anker in 6. or 7. fatham. About halfe a league from the northend of the red cliffe lieth the shoald of Bavvdsey. If you will enter neare Orfordnesse, hale along the shoare vntill Alborough lie north and by west from you, and then shall you be on the west side of VVhite Sand, and right against Orfordnesse hauen. From thence setting South and by west, passe by the shoald of Bavvdsey on the out-side: then hold on Southwest-ward, till you may see Har­vvich open of the poynt of the hauen. Then commeth Bavvdsey to lie westward of the red cliffe: where is safe roade in 5. fatham. west northwest of Alborough lieth a shoalde called Abreknocke: from thence you haue vnto Galper 8. leagues South Southeast: And from Galper to the North foreland 4. leagues Southwest and by South, where the tide from the north and South doe crosse each other alongst the coasts of England, where also a north and a South moone maketh full sea.

In these coastes is very great traffique, but chiefely of English clothes, wooll, tinne, pewter, leade, safron, sea-coles, fire-wood, and other commodities, which these countries doe yeeld. Contrariwise all kinde of salt-fish, and great store of linnencloth, and other mer­chaundises is brought thither from Holland, and Zealand, and there vttered and distributed.

THE SEA Coastes betweene Douer, & Orfordnes: Wherein is conteined the most famous Riuer of Thames with all the Sands, bankes, flats, & sholdes there abouts according to their [...] Salvation and appearing▪

THE NORTH COASTES OF ENGLAND BETVVEENE VVALDERS­wicke and Burnham, withall the banks and shoalds.

WHen Eston beareth Southwest and by South from you, then are you on the Northside of Couehith shoald. But when Kesland lieth west North-west, you are on the South-side of that shoald. VVhen Lestofs tower standeth Southward of the tree, you are then on the Southside of the banckes of Leistofe. If you will anker on the South of Leistof, borrow of the shoare at 4. fa­tham, till the tower be west, and west and by North from you, where you may cast anker in 4. fatham water. But if you will goe thorough the narrow places within the bankes to the brew-house, giue it a little birth of the shoare: then edge Northward, and North and by westward, and anker in the North road before the brew-house, at 6. or 7. fatham. And if you will out to sea thorough the shoaldes, bring the brew-house and the windmill in one, and crosse so thorough the shoaldes. But if you will holde on your course towardes Yermouth, keepe Suthon ouer against the North head or pierre, and the great tree southward of the flat church, and hold on so straight by yermouth shoaldes called the Holmes. Northwarde of the Hauen of Yermouth lieth a shoald called Middle-platt: at the west side thereof you haue 7. fatham water. Not far from yermouth lieth an other shoald called Rocklyn 9. fatham deepe, which you may passe by on both sides to the seawardes. There also standeth a broad tower on the Northside of yermouth, ly­ing inwardes from the shoare: when you haue brought the same to the Southend of the wood, you are then on the North part of yermouthes shoaldes.

If VVynterthon beare South southwest from you as you come from the North, you are Southward of the shoald of VVinterthon. Thence borrow of the shoare at 3. or 4. fatham, till you come Southward of Rocklyn. To the Eastward and East and by Northward of yermouth beyond the shoaldes lieth a newe bancke, which hath beene there but these 3. or 4. yeares past, being of 2. fatham deepth, but aswell on the North as the Southside you haue there 20. fatham water.

Blackneie is a bard hauen, you must enter along the shoare, and in the entrie lie Buyes. Betweene Blackneie and VVelles lieth a shoalde called the Pol and Peper: At the west side of this shoald is the channell of VVelles, which hath also Buyes in the entry. Burnam standeth 4. leagues westward of vvelles, where is shallaw wa­ter, and the flats stretch farre into the sea. Burnam channell lieth inwardes by the shoare, and hath on the Larbord side, as you enter certeine Beacons. To the westward, lieth an other roade or channell of 3. fatham depth called burneham pits: about 3. leagues thence to seawardes you haue but 2. fatham water. If you will set towardes Linne, goe hard vnder S. Edmunds Chapell, leauing the shoalde called the Suncke, which lyeth aboue water a seabord of you, then holde on your course South and by west to the first Buy that lieth in the entrie of Linne.

The commodities and traffique that these coastes yeeld is wooll, Cloth: and in some places, wheate, Barley, Malte, Beere, Herringes and Sprattes: In ex­chaunge whereof much Salt Fish, and Linnen Clothe is brought thither, and vented especially at Linne.

The Sea Coastes of Swedeland, about the coastes of Westerwijck and the entraū ­ce of Stockholm, Beginning from Kalmar vnto the Wigstone and the Redde Kewe the w ch lye w tin the sayde entraunce of Stockholme. All truelie done & inuented by Lucas Janss Wagenaer

AN EXACT DESCRIPTION OF THE COASTES AND CHANNELS OF Linne, Hull, Filey, Scarborough, with the shoalds and banckes adioyning.

IF you will saile from Welles to the hauen of Lynne, keepe the high flat tower betweene the two other high towers, then are you in the right way to Lynne. VVhen S. Edmunds Chapell bea­reth East from you, and the trees that stand vppon the inner­most point doe come on the west ende of the Chapell, then shape your course in Southeast, and Southeast and by South to­wardes the first buy: for now are you entered the Easterne chan­nell of Lynne: from thence hold South south-west, and South and by west to the first Beacon, from thence to the second South Southwest, and so forth vnto the third Southwest and by South. Then your course lieth by two buyes South­west, and Southwest and by South, till you be within the point of the Land: from whence you may conde betweene the shoaldes to the west entrie or channell, and out againe by the Buyes and eye markes. This channell lyeth to the seawardes Northeast, and Northeast and by East. But if you will enter Bostons channell set towardes the coast of Skegnesse, beare in hard abord the shore, and you shal be cleare of the shoald called the Drosing or Ellen-knocke. when you haue brought the three trees Southward of Somcall or of the sharpe steeple, then Ellen-knocke. standeth so seawardes from you. And then may you beare vp alongest the coast of Leake in 3. fatham water into the riuer of Bostone. But you may returne backe agayne to sea betweene Ellen-knock and long sand, in 3. fatham water East North-East.

And if you will enter the channell of Humber, hale in alongest the Northerne poynt of Sprunhead, because the Southside is flat and full of shoaldes, but beeing entred a little way, borrow of the other side of the riuer towardes Grymsbie within the shoald, where you may ride in 6. or 7. fatham. But if you will goe farther in vp to Hull, keepe on west northwest alongst by the Southside to the furthermost ende of the shoalde: then turne Northward into the riuer, where after you are entered, you must hold west Southwest, and west and by South.

Bridlingstone is scituate in a bay, where is safe harborough for a North and a Northwest winde. Three leagues to the Northward of Flamburgh lieth the bay of Filey, where you may safely anker for a North Northeast winde, betweene the Peere, and Filey bridge, (which is a rocke that lyeth vnder water at a spring tide.) Scarbrough beareth two leagues northward of Filay, and hath two peeres, wherein you may cast anker, and lie on the sand at low water.

The traffique of these partes is Barly, Malte, wheate, and course Cloathes.

A DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTES of England Betweene Burnam & Scarborough as that land and coast lyeth & appeareth▪
[...]

A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE NORTHERMOST COASTES OF ENGLAND, WHERE THE RI­uer of Newcastle is the chiefest hauen.

FRom Scarborough to Whitby you haue 4. leagues North west and by west, the Hauen or Riuer is barde. South­wardes of the Hauen stretcheth out a Shoalde half a lea­gue into the Sea. If you will sayle to VVhitby, beare in between two beakons, till you come between two landes, where you shall finde it somewhat shallow. Hertlepole lieth from VVhitby. 7. leagues, westwarde thereof is a great Bay or Riuer called the Teis. It is a very fayre Hauen and stretcheth in­wardes to the west southwest. In the very middest of it, you haue 30. fa­tham water, but farther inwardes before Sockton, not aboue 4. fatham.

The Cape or point of Sonderland lieth seuen leagues northward from Hartle­pole. Two leagues from thence more Northward is the castle of Tinmouth, on the Southside of it is the mouth of the Riuer of Nevvcastell. The markes to enter are, when two watche Towers, and the wood are brought in one, by these marks you may saile in and out, vntill you come before the Towne, where you haue 3. fatham and a halfe. But in the entrie only 2. fatham at halfe flood. Cocket Islande is 7. leagues from Tinmouth North North west, which you may sayle rounde aboute, and may cast Anker salfely at 4. or 5. fatham.

In these Coastes and specially at Nevvcastle is merueilous great traffi­que for sea Coles, which are transported thence to other Countries. It doth yeald also Barley, wheate, Malte, and course Clothes,

THE CARDE OF the North coaste of England from Whitbye vnto Coket Ile.

A TRVE DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTES BETWEENE Bambourgh and Aberdyne.

HOlley Islande beareth 4. leagues North North west from Coket Isle, and hath in the South-side therof a Bay wherin is salfe roade at 3. or 4. fatham, but best riding is before the ca­stle. Betweene the west poynt of the Staples and Holy Islande are 2. Rockes, one opposite to another, called the Plough, and the Goldstone. Bring Dunstabourgh one with Bambourgh, and so saile out betwixt them. Barvvick lieth from thence fiue leagues west northwest: if you will enter the hauen set the two Beacons on your star­boord, and so holde on to the citie: from thence fiue leagues North northwest lieth S. Tabbes head. The Isle of Basse is foure leagues distant from S. Tabbes head, west northwest: whither from the farthermost poynt of the Staples you haue 6. leagues Northwest: From S. Tabbes head to May Island, foure leagues northwest and north west and by north: From May to Fisnes one league Northeast and by east. Basse beareth South west & south west and by south from May, two great leagues, and but one from the westerne shore. Brant Island standeth to the west­ward, and west & by northward of Bass three leagues, by the south side of which you may sayle. Three leagues westward of Brant Isle lieth Edenbrough the chie­fest mart of all Scotland.

S. Andrevvs Bay beareth northward of Fisnes, where is salfe harborough for a western wind: from S. Andrevvs three leagues northward lieth the riuer of Donde which stretcheth directly in from the sea: & may anker before the citie of Donde: A litle farther in standeth a towne called S. Iohns: there lieth also a rocke called the Scaepe before the riuers mouth about halfe a league off the shore South east­ward from Donde. Two leagues to the North Eastward of Donde standeth a high tower vpon the point called Albror: from whence lieth the hauen of Manros two leagues to the northward: where, on both sides is cleare ground: and you may safely enter amidst the channell: and turning vp northward may anker before the citie: from Manros you haue three leagues Northeast-ward to the cape or poynt called Seynhooft, whereon standeth a castell. And two leagues Northward from thence lieth the porte of Aberdyne: the west side is foule, but Eastward it is good and faire, enter therefore hard a bord the East shoare, till you come into the hauen: in the entrie there is 3. fatham water, and you may anker before the citie in 4. or 5. fatham.

From these coastes are transported course scottish clothes, frises, sea coles, and some barley and malt, which are the commodities of those portes.

A DESCRIPTION OF THE coastes betweene Bamburgh & Aberdeine wherof Edenburgh is the chiefest martrowne

A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE SOVTHERMOST PART OF Norway, and of the coasts adioyning.

IF you will saile into the Naze of Norway, enter West­ward thereof North northwest, leauing the rock called the Bishop boden on your Larbord, which lieth in the midst of the Channell: Beyng cleare of the same you must carefully as you go inwards beware of another Rocke that lieth vnder water: but within it you shall cast anker right agaynst a white Church. If you will enter on the west side of Maen­sounde sayle in North north east, but shun the Rockes, which lie vnder water on the starborde, about the innermost Isle. And beyng cleare of them, an­ker in .9. or .10. fatham.

But if you will enter the Clooffe, keepe the Cow and Calfe North north east from you, and sayle in westward of Melou, but shunne the rocke which lieth in the fayre mid-way. And let fall Anker in 15. or 16. fatham by the west shore within the poynte, and on the East side of Melou, you may goe to Schaersounde and Oedendale.

If you will beare in with the western hauen of Vlecker or Flecorie, Conde a longest the out Schaers of Heiligen sounde: and when the Bay of Vlecker openeth before you North north east, then hold in between the Island and the maine, anker in 15. or 16. fatham agaynst the Rocke, whereon standeth a payre of Gallowes. The Eastern entrie stretcheth inwardes west northwest: and you may see the Bay called the Vos open before you: Set al the black rocks on the starrebord, and the rock with the two high stonie beacons (which are called warders) on the Larbord-side, and so saile inwards. But if you will set towardes Repervvicke, keepe the two sharpe rockes standing vppon VVolfsound on the starbord, and the three warders, with all the rocks on the Larbord, and continue your course so in Northward: but being cleare of the poynt, turne vp westward where you may anker in 10. fatham.

The Easterne entrie of VVolfsounde stretcheth inwardes Northwest, you must leaue the great rocke to the westward, whereon standeth an high warder. In the Isle of vvolfsounde are three warders, turne in westward, where you may anker in 25. fatham, you may also passe betwixt the rockes to Old Hill sounde which lieth inwards west Northwest.

Amersounde lieth North north-east in, and you may anker behinde the Island, neare vnto the high warder 30. fatham depth.

The Easterne gate or entrie of Amersounde lieth northwest, and southeast, westward thereof standeth a rocke with a high warder on it.

The Isle of Hesnes hath two warders vpon it: It is there very deepe, but towardes the litle church is not so deepe, viz. 30. fatham. You may sayle within the rocks to Mardou. And when the little hills or Holmen are north­west thē you are before Mardou. The Isle of Mardou hath two high warders vpon it: holde on betweene the Nie-Holmen and the Island (where lieth also a suncken rocke neere vnto the sayd Isle) And being past the poynt, edge North northwest into the great bay, and anker therein 30. fatham. You haue in the Easterne entrie of Mardou but 3. fatham water, and it lieth out­wards and inwardes East northeast, and west Southwest. Being within the Island, you may cast anker in 12. or 13. fatham.

From all these hauens are transported great store of Oken beames, raf­ters, railes, and all kinde of Oken woode and timber: and some sawed bordes, and planckes, which in the lowe countreyes are much imployed in buildinges.

The Sea Coastes of Norway as they doo appeare [...] to their Situation betweene Der Noess & Mardon

A PLAINE DESCRIPTION OF THE NORTHERNE PARTES OF THE EASTERNE SEA COASTS OF NOR­way, and the countries adioyning.

IF you wil enter Tromsounde you may saile in beyond Mar­dou through the faire channell, on the Northside stande two warders vpon a high hill, where you may let fall anker, or sayle on farther to Mardou behind Trom Island.

If you will beare in with Oxefoort, keepe alongst vnder the rocke of Tromsounde, and goe first Northwardes: and hauing brought the long rocke on the Larbord, hold on still North­ward: when you are a little way entred you shall finde a rocke vnder water, in the very entry, which you must bring on your starbord, then continue your course vntill you are cleare of the westerne poynt: where also lyeth a rocke vn­der water neare the poynt. And from thence sayle to the west, and west and by North towards the high land, to the Easterne shoare, where standeth an high warder where you may anker in 20. or 25. fatham.

Betweene Oxefoorte and Santfort lieth Longen, on the Easterne side standeth a mast with a tonne on it: hence off two leagues is Santforde, thwart which alongest in the sea lieth a banke which in some places hath but 3. or 4. fatham water, and endeth about VVest Kiell. VVest Kiell lieth in Northward, and you may enter hard by the out rockes of Iofferlande, and may sayle about the sayd Island or anker behinde it in 15. or 20. fatham. Longsande beareth from that Island a great league North northeast. Kinges hauen stretcheth inwardes North northwest where is 30. fatham sounding: hale inwardes alongest the ragged poynt from whence the rocke called the Baers lieth not farre: but if you would goe to the Nesse being cleare of the great rocke whereon standeth an high warder on your starbord, you may sayle betweene the old Longsande, and the sayd rocke through into the Nesse passing by the ragged Isle: and anker there in 20. or 30. fatham.

From Longsande set East northeast to Farder, betweene which lyeth Larvvicke, Stavvangen and Tonsbargen. But Bast beareth Northward from Farder. And from thence shape your course to Anslo, Copervvicke, and Soen vvater, and so forwardes thorough the rockes called Lammeren to Braekenes which is a shallow riuer to­wardes the sides, where most part of the firre borde and timber is sawed.

Rogh point lieth foure leagues North northeast from Farder, the rockes called the Sisters are 3. leagues Northeast and by North from Farder. The Isle of Aker­sounde is distant from thence 5. leagues to the Northeast. In these partes lie the hauens of the Northeast countrie, where now a dayes is the chiefest taking of herringes, which was woont to be in Malstrande.

From all these hauens come deale bordes, great and little mastes, rayles, rafters, timber to make hoopes, fire woode and such like stuffe fit for building.

The Sea Coastes of Nor­way And of the land of North-East, as they shewe and appeare betweene Mardou and Akersond, accor­ding unto their right situation

AN EXACT DESCRIPTION OF THE NORTHEAST COVNTRIES, where Malstrande is the cheefest Porte.

IF you will saile from the cape called Schagen or Scaw to Masterlande, shape your course East north east, till you may discouer an high round rocke or hill, called Bretto: towards which you must beare East North east, till the rockes cal­led the Pater nosters be in sight, which you shall leaue on your larbord: And when you shalbe nigh the shoare, the entrie of Masterland will be open before you on your South side li­yng Eastward and East south eastwardes: And leaue the Island wherin standeth a beakon or warlocke, on your starbord. But when you come to the poynt, then the citie lieth open before you, make fast a Cable to the Kay, and cast Anker to the Seawards. You may sayle out agayne Southward into the mayne two or three wayes.

If you will beare in with Calfsounde enter harde aborde the great Rocke wheron standeth a high warlocke: you may by holding on the same course, sayle into Coyhell and Bahuys: you may also set forwardes to the Riuer of Nilues: called VVinder, between the Rockes, wher on the East side you haue the mayne, and the channell lieth open before you. Right before the Riuer lieth a ragged Island, which you must leaue on the Larborde. You may an­ker vnder the same in 15. or 16. fatham, the hauen is called Reefsounde.

Two leagues Eastward of Reefsounde lieth the Island Malesounde which you may sayle rounde about. Consbaeke lieth from thence two leagues to the East north eastward: Monstersounde standeth also on the East-side of the hauen: and from thence VVaersberghe lieth 3. leagues to the Southward.

If you will sayle to vvaersberghe, bringe the Castle which standeth in the mayne lande South of you, and holde on thorough the middest of the chan­nell between the Island and the Easterne shoare, but edge nearer the island because of the rocke vnderwater that stretcheth out from the eastern poynt.

There is also a blinde Rocke at the poynte of the Island, when you are cleare thereof you may borrow of the Northern shore, and there come to an­ker, for it is broade and 4. or 5. fatham deepe.

Parte of these Coastes doo belonge to the gouernement of the Kynge of Svvedeland, and parte to the Kynge of Denmarke. Their traffique is all sortes of Tallow, and such grosse wares, Skines, Hides, Barly, and great stoare of Filberd-nuttes.

A MOST PERFECT description of the Sea coastes of the North East land parte of Norway part of Swedeland as it lieth betwene Distelbergh and Waersbergh

A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE PRINCIPALL PART OF DEN­marke, where standeth the famous citie of Capen-hauen, the cheefest place of the kings residence.

NOrth-east and by North of Coll, lieth an Island called Swedero, which is like an hauen on the inside, but it is open on the North­side. If you cannot goe cleare of Coll, beare boldly with the sayd Island, & hold on streight within the great rock neere the church, where you may anker in 10. fatham and ride safely. From An­holte set South southeast towardes Zealande. And if by reason that the winde hangeth Easterly you cannot get into the Sound, hale alongst the coast of Zealand, on the backside of Haselin, where is good ground in euery place for ankering. There is also a great bay which is a good harborough ouer-right alongst the coasts of Zealand for a Northeast winde, where is 5. or 6. fa­tham water.

To saile into the Sound, hold Southeasterly in from Coll, but bring not the Isle of VVeen open of Elsenoers castell till you are cleare of Svvynebode. Then may you passe by Lappesande thorough the middest of the channell: and being past the castell anker where you list. Towardes VVeen are certaine places where is good riding in 7. fatham water, but it lieth farre from the shoare.

If you saile from the Sound to Coppen hauen, being come to the ende of the wood, you may sound the whole channell as you go vpon 5. or 6. fatham, and not faile to find the Buy: but keep still in 5. fatham. when the tower of Coppen hauen is Southwest from you, then are you come neare the first Buy, where you haue 7. fatham on the East side: holde on from the Northerne Buy to the other, South & by East: bor­row of the westerne coast, if the wind hang westerly, in 6. or 7. fatham, where you haue also 9. or 10. fatham water. Set Southward frō the second to the third Buy, for there haue you 10. or 11. fatham & then are you right against Southolme, where it is shallower and narower: from thence continue your course south, to the Buy of Casperkine, where is 7. fatham water. The Fissher lieth from the Buy in Casper­kine East and by North: the west side thereof is very shallow. Your course from Casperkine to the shoald or sand called Drakerriff is South, where a Buy lieth in 5. fatham water: but from Drakerriff to Steden South and by westward: and then haue you sometimes deeper sounding. But when you are betwixt Steden and Fals­terborne, and the flat broad tower of Falsterborne be one with the castell, then are you at the poynt of the Riffe or bancke where lieth a Buy in 4. fatham depth: and there beginneth the Easterne sea called the Belt: and may shape your course thence Easterly towardes Brontholme. If you will backe againe from Steden towardes Draker, when you come neare Drakerriff, if the tower of Coppen hauen appeare on the East side of Draker wood, bring Draker North and by west off you, so shal you go cleare of the Riff. And when the tower of Coppen hauen is to sight a ships length Eastward from the wood, you are thwart of Drakerriff Buy: where you haue 5. fatham water. Your course from Drakerriff to the Buy in Casperkine, is almost plaine North, where it is about 6. or 7. fatham deepe, and there the channell is narrower. But from Casperkine to the other three Buyes, set North, and north and by west, where you haue 10. 9. 8. or 7. fathā water: when Coppen hauen is South­west, then are you come to the North Buy. The eye marke of the other Buy, is, when the broad tower seemeth to be a shippes length off from the great Church of Coppen hauen: The third Buyes marke is when the broade and picked towers are one. But the marke of the Buy in Casperkine, is when the sharpe tower com­meth ouer against Coppen hauen castell.

All the traffique of these coastes dependeth most of Mault, Barley, Nuttes, and store of some kinde of Tallow and Fatt: the Herring season there, is now little worth, which heretofore hath bene very great.

The Sea Mappe of the Sond, the most famous part of whole Dennemarcke euē as it appeareth on both the sides when you sayle amiddes through the Channell from Waersbergē unto Falsterboē. Where the Easterne Sea beginneth

AN EXACT DESCRIPTION OF BLECSIDE AND CALMERSOVNDE lyinge at the entrance of Swethlande.

IN the Erthholmes there is a Hauen of 4. fatham depth. If you will set out from Santvvicke in Bornholmes towardes Ahuys, shape your course North and by west towards Hano. Hano is a rounde Islande, and hath rounde about it good grounde for ankeringe. From thence holde on North north west to Ahuys which lieth by a litle Riuer. Their comodi­ties and trade is Maulte, Barlie, and all kinde of grosse wares (viz.) Pitche, Tarre, Tallowe, Hides. &c.

If you will from the East ende of Borneholme, to Kalmer, sayle from Borne­holme North north east, towards the Rocke which lieth from thence 14. lea­gues: then holde on to Kalmer, first to the North-warde and North and by west-ward, but beyng cleare of the Riffe or shoald called Suydernorte, Calmer­sounde stretcheth inwardes North and by East vp to Kalmer, vntill you are cleare of the straight passages of the Rockes which lie before the towne.

And from thence plie to the hil called Svveets Yunckfrovv, north north east, and North and by East.

Suydernorte beareth towardes the west poynte of Oclande: From whence stretcheth a fowle rockie banke or riffe, South and by west, a league and a halfe out into the Sea, and in the fayre way by the South-side of Oclande, you haue 28. or 31. fatham water about 3. leagues from lande. The Isle of Oclande is longe and narrow, and hath 18. flat towers.

The trade of Calmer, and the countries adioyning, is Tarre of Svvede­lande, all kinde of Fells, and Skinnes of wilde beastes, Salt, Hides, Goates skinnes, grosse wares, and some Brasse and Iron.

The Sea Coastes of part of Denmarke and Swe­deland from Vuytste to Calmer

A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF WESTERWICK ABOVT THE mount of the Swethish Yunck-frow, the beginning of the rocks called the Schares of Swedeland.

THe mount called Sweetse Yunck-frow or young mayden, beareth 8. leagues from Calmer N. N. E. and North & by East: and Silbuy is the first hauen within the Schares, from whence you may set betweene the Schares to VVestervvike, Flerbuy, and schelsheuer: for your way is fayre. The entries of Stockholme lie 18. leagues from Svveetse yunckfrovv North north-east: and the coast of Stockholme turneth vp East. The entries stretch inwardes, first North-east and by north, and after North north-east to Durhauen setting the rocke called VVigsteen on the Lar­bord side, and the middle steene on the starborde. The rocke which is called the redd Cowe lieth two leagues within the entries. And the entries of Stockholme lie inwardes from Durhauen for the most part North west, North­west and by west, & North and by VVest to VViexholme. within the Schares of VVestervvicke is euery where good anker hold in 16. or 20. fatham.

The foresayd hauens are subiect to the king of Svvedelande, and in a short time are growen so welthie that now there is great traffique of all kinde of commodities viz. of Tarre, Barley, Mault, diuers sortes of skinnes and other marchaundizes, besides grosse wares and nuttes, but chiefly Iron and Brasse.

The famous Isle of Gothland part of the dominion of the king of Denmarke lieth vpon the coastes of vvestervvicke or Svvedelande, and is about 10. or 12. leagues off the shoare. The notablest port thereof is VVisbuy a citie in time past the marte for many countries, and much haunted by reason of the intercourse of factors, where al lawes concerning seafaring and sea rights were established and ordeined: but the Islande beeing impouerished and vtterly destroied by cruel wars, at this day liueth by husbandry. Notwith­standing there is still some traffique of Pitch and Tarre. It conteineth in length eighteene leagues, and in breadth fiue: hath eighteene villages with speare steeples. It tooke name of the Gothes, which did once inhabite it.

The Sea Coastes of Swedeland, about the coastes of Westerwijck and the entraū ­ce of Stockholm. Beginning from Kalmar vnto the Wigstone and the Redde Kowe the w c I lye w t in the sayde entraunce of Stockholme. All truelie done & inuented by Lucas Janss Wagenaer

A PLAINE DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTES BETWEEN Weiburghe and the Narue the farthest partes of the Belt, vvith their situations and commodities.

THe Isle of Somer beareth 9. leagues from Hogelande Northeast more Easterly. But your course from Hoglande to the Island called Putsfager lieth Northwest & by north: From thence you may sayle within the Schares of Svvedeland where you list. From Putsfager set toward Somer East, and East and by South: and from Somer towardes the Island called Red Hell North east, and north east and by north: you haue two Rockes on the Larborde in the very channell, called the Eastern and western Fishers. From Red Hell to Tralesande it is counted 2. leagues al­most Northeast, from whence you must goe crossynge northeasterly in and out from Beaken to Beaken till you come to VVeyburgh, where the Eastern sea endeth. The Isle of Somer lieth neare the coast of Rusland, hauyng right agaynst it the Schares of East Finland.

The Narue beareth 10. leagues from Somer South east: leaue the Isle Tutters on the starre-borde side: when you come neare the Narue, you shal de­scerne a Maste with a Barrell on it vpon the strand, keepe that right ouer the woodden castle, and holde so alongst the shore into the riuer of Narue.

The Narue is knowen by the rounde hilles Southward of the Roade: and you haue from thence vnto Eackholme 14. leagues northward. About the North, and North and by Eastward of Telsbourgh lie the Rockes of the greater and lesser Hooft or head, about which are many shoaldes which you must avoyde. The lymie shoald or kalke grounde of 2. or 3. fathā depth stretcheth downe into the sea from the greater Hooft almost to Eackholme.

Vnder Eackholme you haue harborough, and cleare grounde on euery side. Lyfeland shoare all alongst vp to Narue hath no rocks at all. North west and by west of Hogelande lieth a rocke vnder water, aboute 3. leagues of the shoare in 2. fatham.

In these partes of Rusland and svvedeland, in times past none might traffi­que but those of Lubek, wherby they became very wealthie. For there are riche and costly marchandises, (viz.) All kinde of Skinnes, Furres, Hemp, Flax, Tallowe, wheate, Rie, and such like.

THE outtermost or the furtheste parte of the Easterne Sea East [...] which lyeth Jnclosed with in the coastes of East Finland, Rusland, & [...]sland, and wherin lye the Nar [...] and Wybo [...]gh the twoo furthermost [...] [...]archante towne of [...], with all the [...] of the situation [...]

A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF LIFLAND ABOVT REVEL AND Moonsound and of the coasts adioyning.

FRom the Isle of Nargen to the buy you haue a great league East and by South: and from the buy to Reuell two great leagues: not farre from the Isle of VVolfsound is a blind rocke: when the tower of Reuell appeareth ouer the point of the Island you are come neare the Rocke which lieth halfe a league Northwest from VVolfsound. On the East side of vvolfsound are two Islandes called VVrangen, you may anker within them in the channell at 10. or 12. fatham. A league and a half to the North northwest of them, lieth a blinde rocke: and an other halfe a league off plain North. The shoare of Lyfland is all cleare ground.

If you will sayle from Oegens-holme into Moonsund, keepe South south­west, and Southwest & by west, vntill you are within Osse-holme. Grasholme lieth a league beyond Osseholme which you may sayle round about or ride there at your pleasure. Grasgrond lieth a league within Grasholme in the midst of the channel: but borow of the land of Syburgnesse or Dagerorts, along by the little Islands a reasonable distance off, keepe within al the Islandes S and by E. and S. vntill you come to the westerne coast of Oesell nigh the great tree, where you haue 4. fatham water, sometimes but three. Holde on a­longst the coast of Oesell foure or fiue leagues Southeast and by East till you come to a little Island, then keepe on betweene that Island and Oesell, vntill you come to the farthest partes of Oessell where is 8. fatham water. Halfe a league from thence lieth a shoalde called the Pater noster which you must sayle aloufe off. Then may you plie agayne Southward to Runen, which is an Island situate ten leagues hence in the great bay of Righe.

Reuell, being the moste famous Marte of the whole countrie, so flourished thirtie yeares past, that euery yeare there arriued and were vnladen aboue an hundreth great ships with salt, which were also woont to be fraighted there againe with VVheate, Rie, VVaxe, Flaxe, Hempe, all kinde of Skinnes and Furres, and such like commodities of good value. But it is now so decayed by reason of the continuall warres with the Muscouytes, that through the whole yeare there are scarce sixe ships laden: which hath bene to the generall impouerishing of this citie and countrie.

A DILLJGENT description of THE SEA COASTES of Lyffland with all the Jles there vnto appartanīg eeuē as they do appeare and open when you sayle there alongst from Ekehol men vnto Syburghs ness

A PLAINE DESCRIPTION OF RIGHE AND PARNOVT, AND OF the Islandes adioyninge.

YOu must sayle from Domesnest to Runen 6. leagues East, and East and by North: and from Runen to the northeren coast of Oesell, where Moonsound beginneth, you haue 10. leagues North, and North and by East: from Runen again vnto Kyne 8. leagues East north east. From Kyne to Pernout it is 7. leagues North east and by East, where in the en­trie you haue but 6. or .8. foote depth, the channell some­times shifteth from place to place, and serueth only for small vessels, called Boyers. There standeth a litle towne between Pernout and Righe called Salles where lieth a shoald in 8. foote depth before the entrie, and serueth likewise but for small vessels.

Duinemonde of Righe beareth from Runen 12. leagues South east. The eye markes to enter the riuer of Duina, are when the watch-house that stan­deth a litle way from the castle of Duinemond is one with the great tree, and the southside of the citie of Righe with the poynt of Terspille. These are the right markes to sayle into the Riuer a good wayes, turne then vp some­times Southward, till you come between both landes. Then borrow of the South coast to the poynt of Terspille, where you may anker in any place in 6. or 7. fatham: you must go by your Lead because the channell altereth al­most euery yeare 4. leagues: to the Southward of Domesnest is a litle riuer where many small vessels doo lade.

In these two places thirtie or fortie yeres past was great traffique of al kinde of costly marchandizes which through the continuall warres with the Muscouytes is almost vtterly decayed. Notwithstandyng there is yet some traffique at Righe, for euery yeare thirtie or fortie shippes laden with Salt are there discharged: and aboue an hundred ships are likewise fraigh­ted with wheate, Rie, Clawbordes and waynscot, wax, Flax, Hempe, Pitch Tarre, Salt, and drie Hides, Sheepe-skinnes, Furres and other like com­modities of good valew.

THE SEA card of the Sea coastes of Lyffland comprehending the land lying rounde about the great Juhā of the Ryghish euē as they do ap­peare & open when you sayl thee alongst

A MOST PLAINE DESCRIP­TION OF THE ISLE OF OESEL, WHICH lieth betweene the Belt and the bay of Righ, and stret­cheth vp from the narrow entrie or straight towardes Righe and Parnout.

YOur course from Domesnest to Runen is 6. leagues East and by North: and so farre lieth Abbrick from Runen, where­aboutes are many dangerous shoaldes in your faire way 3. or 4. fatham deepe: But being past Domesnest, you may see it when you are a great league from Oesell. Aberburgh beareth westward of it, where shippes are fraighted with Barley, Mault, Tarre, all kinde of grosse wares, and di­uers Skinnes and Furres. From Domesnest lieth a very dangerous riffe or a rough and stone bancke, a league out into the sea, Northeast, and North­east, and by East. The roade of Oesell, lieth from Domesnest three leagues Northwest, and Northwest & by west: where in 7. fatham is good ground to anker. There stretcheth downe also from the South end of Oesell a riffe or bancke two leagues in length into the sea Southward, and South and by westward, which is both hard and roomie: westward from this riffe lye many scattering shoaldes and banckes which stretch out Northward alongst the coast of Oesell, where in many places you haue onely 2. 3. 4. 5. fatham &c. There are besides in Oesell two other hauens where shippes are laden: viz. VVyck, and another 5. leagues from thence Northward.

Hontsfort, beareth from VVyck eight leagues North, and from thence haue you six leagues to Dagerort North Northwest wherein standeth an high Tower, which you may see on both sides of the land. Betweene both these heades you may sayle to Hontsvvick, which is a perillous bay: for there are many shipwrackes by reason the pilots are not skilfull thereaboutes. Now that I may againe set downe the entrance of Moonsound. Saile from Runen North, and North and by East, to the North poynt of Oesell, and they lye ten leagues one from an other: but beare aloufe from the shoald called the Pater noster, which ioyneth to Oesells poynt: when you are cleare of it, you may see a little Island which you must bring on the starbord: hold on in 8. fatham depth betwene Oesell and that litle Island, then set Northwest til ye get another Island on the starreborde side, wherevpon stand two or three high trees, but keepe alongest the coastes of Oesell vntil you see a great tree: which being past, you shall perceiue many litle Islandes on your Larbord, which you must set halfe a league on the same side from you. In this place you may best consider by your compasse how all the channels of this entrie doe stretch: Oesell, is a rough countrie and very hard to be knowne by such as are on the outside of the coastes.

This Charte also containeth part of Curland, where standeth Dervvind the cheefest citie, yet knowne to few Sea men: and sometime (though very sel­dome) a smal vessel or two are fraighted there with clowbord and wainscot.

THE SEA Coastes round abouts the Jle called Ossel With a part of Curland be­gining from Dagheroort vnto der Winde euē as the Countrei doth shewe his situation that Waye

A LARGE DESCRIPTION OF PRVSLAND WHEREOF DANT­zick is the chiefest marte.

IF you will sayle from Heell to Dantzyck, conde South and South & by west towardes the castell of Termonde, where you must passe through the olde entrie from the Eastwarde: go in between two Buyes, vntill you are cleare of the Peer­res, called kysten: where alongst lieth a new entry which now is very commodious for litle vessels called Boyers. From Heell to the entrie of Kingsborovv, shape your course full East, where you shall comonly haue two entries (viz.) the one lying South southeast vp alongst the high land of Hanheer, the other E, and E, Southeast: But you must not trust much to the incertentie, because euery yeare they change their course, sometimes Southeast, and at other times inwards South Southeast, when you are within, there is a great Lake, called the Hafr, whith parteth it selfe two wayes, thone towardes Meluing, the other towardes Kingsborovv. Your course to Meluing lyeth Southsouthwest, and South and by west, but Kings­borovv beareth about six leagues East and by Northward.

Moreouer if you will set out from Righ heade towards Memell your right course is twentie leagues Northeast and by East: the entrance of Memell is 2. fatham deepe: being within it: turne westward, and being cleare of the poynt anker in 5. fatham water.

Southward vp lieth a notable great bay or Lake called the Haft, into which runneth Chronus the riuer of Memell out of Littuania, from whence commeth great store of flaxe: and likewise the Riuer of Dune neare vnto Kingsborovv: so that many streames doe meete in this Lake.

The Dukedome of Prusland conteineth fiue notable marte townes viz. Dant­zike, Meluing, Brimburgh, Kingsbourgh and Memell, amongest them all Dantzike is held for the cheefest, where euery day is solde aboue a 1000. lastes of wheate and rie, and likewise Rafters, Pitch, Tarre, Flaxe, Hempe, Pruse beere, com­monly called Iupenbeer, and many other commodities of great prise. The trade in Meluinge and Brimsburghe is of such like merchandises in great abundance: at kingsbourgh is the cheefest staple for dealebord, and clowbord. It yeeldeth al­so great store of VVheate, Rie, Flax, VVaxe, Hemp, Pitch, Tarre, Sope Ashes and like merchandises in such great quantitie, that it may worthely be counted amongest the most famous. And so also may Memell, whose traf­fique is most of Flaxe, besides all such merchandises as may be had in kingsbo­rough. But I purpose not to perticularize euery thing that is transported thence.

Notwithstanding I must confesse that this is a most fertile and plentifull country, which God hath blessed aboue all her neighbours & other countries.

THE CARDE of the sea coastes of the land [...] with all the hauens and ru [...]s from Memel vnto Heel

AN EXACT DESCRIPTION OF THE COASTES OF POMERLAND and the countries adioyning.

FIue Leagues from Ʋernorde lieth Righe head, and from thence to Serneuisse you haue 3. leagues: alongst the shoare runneth a small Riuer, which farther inwards spreadeth into a great Lake. And from Serneuisse to Liba it is fiue leagues where a creeke goeth in called the Osse. On the East side therof stande many litle rockes or stumpes, cal­led VVollesaken. From thence vnto Reefcoll, (which is a high Mountayne whereby the coaste is knowne) you haue foure leagues and so farre lieth the Stolp or Gars-head from Reescoll, where is the mouth of a litle Riuer, fit for vessels of light burden. From Gars-head to Revvold it is three leagues: in that entrie called VVipper you haue 4. fatham. Coles­bourghe lieth from Revvolde seuen leagues, where also lieth a litle streame or creeke called Radyng. Between Colesbourgh and Iasmonde are reckned 12. lea­gues, and do lie playne East and west the one from the other. South east and Northwest from Colsbourgh beareth the Island Borneholme, where you haue rounde aboute good anker holde. Eertholmen is distant from Borneholme two great leagues North Northeast.

Vpon the coastes of Pomerland standeth Stattyn the principal marte towne of that countrie, from whence is transported great store of VVheate, Rie Barly, Maulte, and the Beere of Mesons. There lieth also the Island of Ru­ghen, which at sometimes yeeldeth great plentie of Rie, but commonly it is restrayned by the inhabitants.

THE SEA CARDE of the coastes of the Dutchie of Pomer­land in there trewe Situation

A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW DEEPE THAT STRET­cheth vp to Stattin and Mesound, and of the Sea coastes of Mekelenburgh, Lubeck, the Belt, Greensound, Moone. &c.

IF you will sayle into the new deep, set from Iasmonde two leagues South Southeast towardes the wood called Peert or Bock, from whence you must hold on a league Southerly. The entry turneth inward west Southwest, where you haue shallow water, both within and without: As you sayle, set Mesound on the starborde and Stattyn on the larbord side, where is commonly calme water.

Grypsvvolde is situate vpon the very mouth of a litte riuer before you as you goe in.

If you will passe through the Yell, which runneth neere Dorenbosch, keepe betweene the coastes of Barts and the Isle of Rughen, where you haue but 1. or 2. fatham water, and is onely for small vessels. This course may you also take to sayle into Mesound: at Barts you haue a little riuer or creek goinge in, which beareth onely Boyers and other small vessels.

Southwest and by west from VVitmond lieth Rostvvyck 12. leagues, and is a port for small vessels, and from Rostvvick to VVismere haue you 7. leagues Southwest, it is a good hauen for all shippes. Lubeck lieth from vvismer first to the west South west, and then South west and by south, where is a deepe channell for great ships to passe thorough, for the shoald or barre that lieth in the entrie is of 12. foote depth. There haue you a great Bay or a notable good hauen most safe for any winde, except a Northeast and a North northeast.

From thence beareth Femeren eight leagues, and your course lieth from thence South southwest and North northeast. The Belt runneth in betweene Long­land and Laland: From the coastes of Laland stretcheth out a Riff into the sea a league distant from Langland: when you haue brought the Tower of Maschou Northwest from you, then do you strike vpon the Riff: wherefore shape your course neare Longland side in 5. fatham water, and so shall you goe cleare of the poynt called Laland Haecken. But when the sayd Tower beareth East North­east from you, you are past the poynt, then conde Northward vnto Sproy, a­longst Langeland. Vnder the Isle of Moon is good anker ground on both sides, albeit from the North coast there stretcheth out a Riff within which you may anker: and on the South side there is good harborough from a North north­east, and a Northwinde viz. from the Northeast to the northwest side alongst hard by the poynt, the ground is fayre and cleare from rockes, as you may perceiue by the charte. Geester-riff, lieth six leagues South southwest from the point of Moon.

This countrie of Mekelenburgh vttereth sundry sortes of Beere viz. Mesan Rostroyck, and Lubeck Beere, besides much Rie, VVheate, Tallow, VVood, and skinnes: In the Island of Rughen, which belongeth to this Dukedome, is good store of Rie.

Femer also is one of the chiefest places both for wheate, Barley, Mault, and such like things. Ouer against Femer lieth Laland from whence is carried at sometimes some small quantitie of Barley and Mault.

A TRVE AND PERFECT pourtraiete of the duchie of Mekelenburghe from Iasmunde to femeren.

A PERFIT POVRTRA­ict of the Sea coastes of Laland and the countries adioyninge

A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE BELT, AND ALL THE ISLANDS, ROCKS, Bancks, Shoalds and Riffs, which are betweene Lalands Riff and Stephens head.

HOw Lalandsand may be shunned, hath been shewed in the former table: ouer against it Eggeford (in which you may sayle to Flensburgh) runneth into the Belt, which thwart ouer against Laland Riff is 6. or 7. fatham deepe. The North coast of Langland is fiue or six leagues Northward from hence: but the Sproy is not past three leagues to the Northwest from the Northbound of Langland, and you may sayle round about it: from the South coast of it, there trendeth a riff well neere a quar­ter of a league into the sea. The sound of Newburgh is distant from thence two leagues Southwest and by West: and it is roomy and large: You must geue a good birth off the Northerne bulwarke, because it is rockie. The entry hath 5. 6. and 7. fatham water. There is the kings custome payd. There is a little Island to the Southwardes of Newburghs mouth, called Frisell, that way may you sayle to Flensburgh betweene the Island and Swyneland: In the same course you shall meete with another litle Island called Omen.

Groen sound, or the Northbound of Laland, is two great leagues of Sproy: And Groen sound sloweth be­tweene Zealand and Laland: but hard by Geester riff it falleth agayne into the Traue of Femeren: there the Belt is 10. or 12. fatham deepe. The Riems lye two leagues North Northwest from the Sproy and asmuch from Knoutshead. Now Riems is an Island about the poynt of Finland, and can hardly be sayled about, for that there wants water at the West side: vnder it there is good road on both sides, in 6. or 7. fatham. The vt­termost part of Swyneland lyeth North and by West, two leagues from Riems. From hence the Isle of Samp­son lieth about two great leagues, on the South side wherof are many stragling shoalds of two or three fatham: Between the North poynt of Finland and the South poynt of Sampson you may saile into Meluersound, which runneth between Yutland and Fynland.

It hath many Portes wherein shippes are fraught, to wit, Flensbourgh, Hadderslo, Meluer, and many other litle townes as may bee seen in the perticuler Table.

From Riems Northwest foure leagues lieth a shoald called the Beltsack in the middest of the channell: from whence three leagues to the North north east, standeth a high Rocky Island called VVero: This course or chan­nell hath 10. or 12. fatham. There are three or foure other Rockes or Holmes to the Westward: between which in many places you may sayle in small Boates, but the course is most perillous, because it is full of rockes and shoalds between the Sampson and the VVero.

About Northeast from VVero is Syro a litle Island: between these two is a most dangerous sande called Hatters riff, yet keeping on your course a quarter of a league of them, you shall go cleare of it: you haue 4. or 5. fa­tham water on the side next to VVero, but on the East side of Syro, you haue deeper water fit for greate vessels.

Rednes is three great leagues South and by West from Syro: and of the North west side of Syro there is a a Riff or shoald to bee taken heede of: Both of them in many places shew aboue water. Stephen head lieth from these sandes fiues leagues North Northwest.

The great Helmes lie from VVero and Hatersriff two leagues, North Northwest hauing 4. or 5. fatham depth.

From hence into Arhuse sound, your course lieth neere hand West Northwest: Arhuse is seated in a Bay which hath 2. or 3. fathā depth. Southward from Arhuse sound runneth VVedersound, between Yuthland and Sampson but euery where ful of Shoaldes: So that he that will sayle it, hath neede of good experience of this course: For it aboundeth with shoaldes and sandes. But between the great Helmes and Yuthland there is 6. or 7. fatham deepth. Stephens head lieth from the great Helmes fiue leagues, first Southeast and then North northeast.

Half a great league Southward of Stephens head lieth a shoald of two or three foote water, called Caleground: Southward whereof there runneth in the Grymsound, in which you may sayle vp to Grimstead, which is a ha­uen fit to frayght Pinnaces and such like vessels.

From the South poynt of Stephens head lieth Aelburgh sound, Seuen leagues off North and by West: In the very hauen or sounde there are two Buyes, and there is almost two fatham water.

On the West side of that Sound is a flat steeple called Hals, from whence to Haselyng (which is an Island neare to Codanonia or Zeland) the course is fifteene leagues almost Southeast and by east.

From the North coast of Haseling about two great leagues North east and by North lie the shoaldes of Loose­ground or quicksande, which haue not past foure or fiue foote water. The Island may be seen in the Wast of the shippe: if you set sayle from out of the Sound with a West winde take heed of these shoaldes.

But if you will set from Stephens head towardes Sebuy, you shall meet with a bancke of 6. or 7. fatham, called Sweetering thwart off Aelburgh sound: But when you are come so farre that the high hill behind Sebuy beginneth to appeare to you Northwest and by North, set your course North northwest: and when you haue shallow wa­ter, then haue you the right course.

The Riff or sand of Lesow hath 8. or 9. fatham water in the channell: but the shifting shoaldes haue but 2. or 2. and a halfe.

The Cape of Denmarke called the Schaghen or Scaw, lieth six leagues North and by East from thence.

The traffiques of these countries are manifold: viz. Suet, Fatt, and all kinde of Tallow, and other mar­chandises, as Filbeards, Barley, Mault, Wheate, Rie, and such like.

A CARDE of the Beldt, with all the Sea coastes, Bounds, and Site of the countries called Laland, vnto Steuens head

A PLAINE DESCRIPTION OF THE VTTERMOST COASTE OF JVTLAND, that stretcheth out with a point towardes the farthest partes of the North sea opposite to Norway.

IF you will sayle from Schagen called the Scaw towardes Sebuy, your right course lieth six leagues South and by west: South­wardes of it are dangerous scattering shoaldes or sandes, in 2. 3. or 4. fatham, but in the channell you haue 5. or 6. fatham water. The broade tower of Hals beareth from Sebuy fiue leagues South southwest, and South and by west, on the east side where­of is the deepe of Aelburgh. In the entry are two Buyes, and the Tower called Hals standeth on the Northside thereof: Aelburgh lieth three leagues from the deepe vp the riuer. Two leagues Eastward of the deepe is a shoalde called Svveteryn of 6. or 7. fatham depth, which you must strike ouer sayling in­to the Belt: for in the Channell you haue 10. or 11. fatham water. The Isle of Leson is all round about flat and shallow a good league into the sea, conteyning but 3. fatham water: but on the Southside the like depth reacheth into the Sea two leagues and it is beeset with bankes of 2. or 3. fatham depth: But from the South coast, where standeth a Church, stretcheth out a riffe toward the East two great leagues into the sea: within which you may anker in 6. or 7. fatham for a South southeast winde: There lieth out also from the Northside a riffe a league into the sea. Tryndell beareth from hence three little leagues to the seaward North­east, and hath a shoald an aker and a halfe large and is scarce foure foote deepe: neare to the Northeast part therof lieth alwaies a buy, least the ships which come from Schagen should strike vpon it. The lesser Helmen beareth from Schagen foure leagues South southwest, you may sayle rounde about it for there is no danger & it is 5. fatham deepe. Trindell lieth from Schagen six leagues Southeast, somewhat easterly.

If you come by night about Schagen to sayle into the Sound, bryng the watch fier, or the fier beakon it self Southwest & by west from you, before you set South east­wards, for then standeth the fier beakon in the middest of the east towne, and you are farre inough beyonde the Riff or poynt of Schagen, which are the surest markes by night. But if you come out of the Sound by night, set the fier beakon south south west from you before you turne about Schagen Riff vp towardes Hartshals: when the watch fier beareth South southwest from you, you may perceaue the watch bea­kon fiue foote distant Eastwards of the easterne towne, which are most certayne markes to goe cleare of Schagen. But if you will by night passe by Schagen with an Easterly winde, take heede of the streame or currant of the Belt, for you may easely be carried vnder Norvvay where there is a deep, which you must carefully looke too.

Aelburg is the chiefest towne of traffique of this countrie, from whence is tran­sported stoare of Barley and Mault, besides some Hides, Tallow, and such like thinges. The outtermost coast towards the northern sea hath a hard and dange­rous shoare, whereof it standeth you greatly vpon to beware, for many shippes do there perish, because there be no Hauens nor Roades.

A Description of the outtermost coastes of Jutland both of the Belt side & of the North Sea side as they are situated between Aelburger Diep or hauen and Rijncopen

A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF OF THE SEA COASTS OF JVTLAND CALLED Yotland and of the hauens, streames, riuers and Islandes therevnto belonging.

THere runneth in by Bouenbergen a litle creeke about 2. fatham deep at halfe floud: if you will goe in there, tary your tide, and then holde straight into the hauen as the charte sheweth you: and when you are within the poynt, cast anker where you haue 3. fatham at full sea: for within it is shallow and most commonly dry. If you will enter the creeke of Numit or Rincopen, and being come as farre as the shoald of Reef-horne, in 3. fa­tham depth turne vp Northeast and by North, vntill you perceaue Blevvberch on your starrebord: which lieth about two leagues Southerly from the sayd creeke: and on the sande side of the entrie are two white Downes: When you haue brought Blevvberch, East Southeast & bothe the white Downes are hidden almost Northeast from you, beare boldly with the Downes almost hard abord the shoare, and then shall you see the land markes vpon the North coast, which when they shall be open before you tenne foote distance one from another, hale alongst the shoare in 2. fatham water (if you list) with your Lead: But when you are past the two Downes turne ouer towardes the two land markes and ride within by the North shoare in 3. or 4. fatham. The entrie neere the Iap stretcheth inwardes, North­east and by North, and North Northeast. Right ouer against the North side of the white Downe standeth a broad Tower, which you must keepe so, vntill the land markes be one: then by those markes runne alongest the Iap in: & it stretcheth most North North-east inwards vntill you are past the land marks: if you will go farther in, stay for a low water that you may perceiue how the drie Shoaldes and sandes lye on both sides for the chan­nell is crooked and must be sounded. Rincopen lieth inwardes about three leagues, and there is eight leagues di­stance betwixt Numit and Sursuyt.

If you will sayle towardes Sursuyt or Scelinckeroog comming from the North ouer the shoald called Reef­horne in 3. fatham or thereaboutes, you must conde alongst the South side of this shoald in 6. or 7. fatham water vntill you see the land on the Larbord, you shall perceiue a gray Downe called Doodbergh, holde alongst the land (which is a low sand stretching from the East to the Westward) in 3. fatham depth vntill you are come to the farthest end of the sand. Then turne vp Westward, and being within the sandes poynt, anker in 3. fatham water or more. There lyeth also a riuer or creeke ouerright the corner or poynt of this sand, where a Boyer may enter in. Here is the chiefe place of fishing of all Iutland: where a ship without eyther cable or anker may be sa­ued in time of neede.

From thence beareth Graevv diep, three leagues South, Southeast: In the entrie you haue at halfe floud fatham: Northward of the entrance is a poynt, neere which you may beare in 2. fatham: you may also goe in there by your plumet, and cast anker when you are past the poynt: For all the whole channell is crooked sounding ground, therefore assoone as you are within the poynt, cast anker. You may likewise take your course to­wardes Fanu, in 3. fatham, and so enter alongst the South coast. There lyeth inward a riuer or creeke vp into the land, wherevpon standeth a litle Tower called VVoer, or VVoerd, and on the Westside of this Riuer Boyers are laden: assoone as you are within Graew diep, there lieth a long sandy hill called Langleg: hale in alongest that sand and leaue it on your Larbord.

Knutse diep lieth from Graews diep, two great leagues, where two land markes stand vpon a drie shoald, which you must set almost East Southeast: and East and by South, and when they are one, you shall find the first Buy: from whence hold on to the second East Southeast, vntill you are past the land markes. Then haue you also on the Larbord side a little shoald, when you are past the same turne vp Northwarde toward the beacons and cast anker in 3. 4. or 5. fatham. There lie the ships that are bound outward from Rypen. On the South end of Fanu are two indifferent high white Downes, and are called the Southerne head. On the North side standeth a broad Tower whereby the coast is very easily knowne. About a great league Southward of Fanu, lieth a litle rounde Island called Manu, from whence stretcheth a flatt, about a league and a halfe into the seaward. As much South­ward from thence beareth the Isle of Ryme, which is two leagues long: from thence two leagues into the sea is shallow water. The Diep of Rypen, goeth in betweene Ryme and Manu, which is nought and all flatte, and now a dayes not vsed by such as trauell to Rypen. Silt is distant from Rym a league: betweene these Islands goeth in the best Diep or channell of all Iutland, for when the water is lowest, it is 5. or 6. fatham deepe and stret­cheth inwardes most East Southeast, and East and by South. On the Northpart of Sylt is an high redde cliff wheron standeth a church built minster like, and a mill. But within Silt you may peceiue a litle Island wheron standeth a house: and when you haue brought that house about a cables length Northward of the Northcoast of Sylt, and the blacke inland beginneth to couer the red cliff and to take it from your sight, then are you come to the entrance, and then sayle in East Southeast, vntill you are within the Rust, which is left on the starbord side.

And being past it you haue yet two other small shoaldes by the poynt of Sylt from whence runneth downe a vio­lent and mightie streame towardes the North coast. In the channell it is 10. 11. and 12. fatham deepe. Then turne vp towardes the house almost Southeast, and you shall perceiue in Sylt a house which is the Admiralles, whether you must direct your course and cast anker, for there is safe riding in all weathers. But if you are bound vp to Lutk Tonderen, you must there take in a Pilott which must sounde the channell. Your course from hence to Tonderen lieth East southeast and East and by South: you may also go in by the shoald of the Isle of Ryme soun­ding as you passe in 3. or 4. fatham. There is also a little entrie hard by Sylt, which you may passe into vnder the same Island. But when you are cleere of the Rust, turne towardes Rym and saile then vpon the markes.

Your course lieth from the Vlie to Numit North Northeast more Easterly 40. leagues.

From the Vlie to Scelenckrooge, you haue xxxiiii. leagues Northeast and by North from the Vlie to Knuyts diep, your course is Northeast and moste Northerly 32. leagues, and this is your way to Ripen.

From the Vlie to Sylt your course lieth Northeast 30. leagues, out of this part of Iutland, commeth a great number of Beefes, Barley, Mault, Fatt, Suet, Tallow and such lyke.

THE Situation of [...] with the [...]auens Riuers, shoalds, and [...] from Boeuenberger vnto the Ile of Silt

¶ An exacte and most dilligent description of Eyderste, Ditmers, and of the Sea coastes ad­ioyning, with their true site and distances.

TO saile from holy land to Liste or Silt Deepe, your course is North, and North and by West, vntil you are past the shoald called Amerenborne, which lieth out in vii or viii. fatham depth, almost west south west of the Isle of Ameren. From whence set North north East, vi. or vii. leagues towarde the North side of Sylt or Lyst: how this Channell is to be entred the former Charte doth sufficiently instruct you. There is also a little deepe, neere the South shoare of Sylt, fit for small vessels and fisher boates, which at halfe floode hath about two fatham wa­ter. On the South side of this entrie, lieth a shoald alongst the Isle of Ameren, and from thence stretcheth downe, almost 11. leagues and a halfe into the sea, where you haue iiii. or v. fatham. By night you can come no néerer this shoald then in 7. fatham water, for about halfe a league from the Island it lieth aboue water. And you may anker vnder the same in x. or xi. fatham: then may you sée Ameren almost halfe a league from you, East, and East and by North. But when it shall be north East from you, or north East and by East, you are on the South side of the shoald, and may borrowe of the shoare in foure or fiue fatham. Then saile in betwéene Ameren and the saide shoald North, and north and by East, towards the North Coast of the Island. But about Ameren you must goe with your lead vntill you haue brought it Southward of you, where you shall anker betweene the shoaldes of Sylt and Ameren, which are both drie at low water. There is safe riding in fyue or syxe fatham at halfe floode for any wind.

And if it happen that you are put to anker vnder the same with a ship that draweth much water, bring the north part of Ameren North and by East from you, and hold on to the North Coast of Ameren vntill you are cléere of the shoald: where you may anker in what place you list, because it is there déepe enough. This entrie is called the Red déepe. If comming from the sea you will saile in here, set the highest Downe of Ameren south East. Saile in betwéene the shoald and the bankes of the narrow déepe called Small Deepe, vntill you are come néere the Coast of Ameren. And borrowe alongst of the shoare in vi. or vii. fatham vntill you are past the north point of the Island, and set the Island South from you. But this entry is not for ships of burden. The Fishermen of Voren do vse this place bothe for their going in and out on the South side of Sylt. And if you will beare in with Small Deepe, bring the Tower of Pielwormen East and by North, and the highest downe of Ameren North. Saile in North north East by the out shoalds, but when you are within a little way, hold on north East and by north to Voren, kéeping the Isle of Voren on your larboord, and the north Maze on your starreboord side. The Small Deepe hath at halfe floode two fatham and a halfe. But if you wil saile from holy land to the Ri­uer of Heuer, set north east a litle more easterly: when you haue brought the Tower of Pielworme north East & by north, & a Cables length northwarde of the southern Koehuse, or cowhouse, you are at the outtermost buy. Thence hold on to the second north East, and north-east & by East and the tower of Pielwormen will stand north north-east. but continue your course frō the second buy to the two first Beacons north east & by East: and from thence to the other two middle East north-east: and then north-east and by east to th'other like markes, but all these markes stand on the starboord as you goe into the Riuer of Heuer. There is a foure square déepe stret­ching to Huis bridge. The entry of the north Heuer lyeth néere Suderoge which is a very lettle Island hauing three or foure rewes of houses in it: but at the shoald alled Quaghe it méeteth againe with the right Channell. There is also a safe Road betwéen Pelworme and Suderoge, but beare somwhat a loofe of the west side of Suderoge, for there lieth out from thence a small sand: wherfore saile in alongst the land of Pelworme, and you shall sée a gréene Island called Nubell, where you may anker on the west side in foure or fiue fatham, for there is safe riding for ships fraighted and ready to goe out. But if you wil to Huyse, you may set the Isle of Nubell on your larboord side, and returne againe into Huyse-deepe. There is also a Channell or entrie neere the land of Eydorsteede, leaue the shoald called Quaghe on the lar­boord side, and enter north, north-east, vntill you are past the Beakons which stande vpon Quaghe, and when you are come againe to the true Channell of Heuar, which lyeth inwards most north-east and by east, in the very entry of Heuar you haue iii. fatham water, but on the shoalde called Suidbalge onely two and a halfe.

But if you wil goe from holy Island to Eyder: shape your course east and by north, till you perceiue the Tower of Gartingen on the south side of the Downes, and north-east and by north from you. By these markes saile alongst by the shoald called Blaewart as long as you haue v. or vi fatham, where you may gage water. But when you haue brought Wisselen-beeren east and by north at v. or vi. fatham enter east south-east and east and by south, turning sometimes eastward, vntill you are cleare of the newe ground: for then will the Beakon vpon the shoald of the Hont stand south south-east from you. But when the Church of Taringhen appeareth a ships length eastward of the Village Ees, you are past the newe ground. Then hold on about a league and halfe north north-east towardes the Greene land called Coe­berge: and if you are to take in any Oxen, hale alongst this shoare north north-east, bearing sometimes somewhat more casterlie to Vlckehorne: into the Channell called Doodebalge which you must warpe out of. But when you are right against the south side of Coeberge, there you enter into the Channel called Hetlanddeep which stretcheth down from the little Downes on the south-west: and from thence reacheth Eyder straight vp to [...]onnenghen, first east, and east & by north alongst Dinners shoare & then northeast to Tonnenghen. The depth of Eyder is almost in euery place like, and at halfe flood it hath v. vi. or vii. fatham. If you will from Eyder to the Pipe, set small sayle a while vntill the Church of Tatinghen appeare right to the most easterly house of Ees. Then saile betwéene the vttermost part of Hont and the shoald of Blaeworte, about a quarter of a mile: where at halfe flood you shall find two fatham and a halfe water: so holding on a little, you shall come to the Chan­nell, of Pipe, in v. or vi. fatham. There set almost east south-east vntill you are past the Beakon, and from thence south-east and by east, somewhat more southerly to­wards the shoalds of Hunen, wheron standeth a Beakon, and there haue you safe harborough for any wind: you may also turne in northward within the Riff or shoald, and anker before Buysen. If you wyll goe from Buysen to the Elue: run through the Channell called Blacke stroome almost south-west, where you haue in the way two or thrée Beacons, set them on the starboord side as you saile out, and you shall enter the Elue néere vnto the seauenth buy. And then shall you haue Neweworke almost south-west from you.

If you will saile to the Elue from holy land, your course is south-east and by east, and when the markes are one, you find the outermost or first buy, and the Newe­worke will stand from you south-east and by south, from the first buy to the second, set east, and east and by south. And from thence to the buy that lieth by the newe en­try, east north-east, and north-east and by east. This buy lieth from the Neweworke south, and south and by east. Hold on from the buy called Coolton, to the fourth buy north-east, somewhat more easterly: from whence to the fift buy east north-east, and from the fift to the sixt saile east somewhat to the northwardes. The sixt buy and the New worke, lie south-west and by south, and the north east and by north. These buyes lie not as they were wont, but are newe placed in a rancke not far from the Newe Shoaldes: wherfore looke dilligently to your tide, about these foure or fiue buyes, for the flood entreth south-easterly through the new shoaldes, and the ebbe contrari­wise setteth through the northren shoaldes: but you may sound the new shoaldes in v. or vi fatham (viz.) from the fourth buy to the farthest part of the newe shoalder from the vi. buy to the vii. your course lieth east and by south, and east south-east: and from the vii. to the viii. south-east, and south east and by east, and from thence to the ninth, where the shoald is called Kos, south-east, and south-east and by south: then from this buy to the shoald called Meem: south-east and by east, & from Meem to Crut­porte. or the first buy which lieth in the open streame, east south-east: and then set towards the shoald called Pilgrimsand, or the buy in Doest east and by south, which you may saile vnto in foure or v. fatham water: from thence to Brunsbuttell hold eastward, next to the shoald of Saltshorne or Friburghe eastward alongst the north shoare, then kéep east southeast alongst the north shore, to the buy which lieth ouer against Steur, and then forwards to the buy that lieth vpon Rugero [...]tesande south-east and south-east and by east. This buy is right against Bilenburghe in the midst of the Channell, and there haue you also an other buy. Now kéepe on south south-east from Rugerorie to the buy vppon Stadersand, leauing the buy on the starboord and the Fishers stakes on the larboord side, from thence to the buy in the Channell called Willern [...] Vliet, or Luy, south-east, and south-east and by south: and so to the buy of Terloo east southeast: and from thence hold east-ward to the buy in Hanneball: but from Han­neball you must plie towardes the buy vppon the shoald called Blanckenewsand east, and east and by north: kéepe this buy aunswering to the great trée vpon Blancknew­sand, haling northward alongst the shoare to the fyshing place, and from thence edge south-east to the buy that lieth vpon Bucht, so to Ecchour east by north, and where you haue 3. or 4. fa water as your course lieth. The Elue hath xiiii. or xv. fa. without the Channell, and a little from Scorton buy lieth Honts balch stretching inwards for the most part south south-east and south and by east to the Beacons which stand on the west side, but without it is wide & large and serueth for smal Vessels to passe by the shoald called Wadt into the Weser. Betwéene the Weser & Honts balch are two other Roades called Balgen. If you be distrest about the southerne shoalds called Sudergronden, saile to them in fiue or sixe fa. water. & after hale alongst by them but when you shall haue found a greater depth (viz.) viii. or ix. fa. and y t you gage wa­ter, you are come to the other shoalde. They lie both inwards east south-east: and all the shoares may be sounded vntill you haue a safe Roade within the shoaldes. The southerne or westerne shoald called Breebalge lieth a kenning from the Newe worke. If you will saile into the Weeser shape your course towardes the Islande called Wrangeroaghe in vii. fatham water: then edge north-east, till you haue x. or xi. fatham depth, where lieth the vttermost buy north north-west of Menser Church, and at the outermost part or end of Red sand. From thence hold on to the fift buy eastward which lieth at the head of the Red sand, and north and by east of Menser Church, on the north side therof beginneth the middle shoald called the Midleplate: betwéene which, and the white grounds you may passe with your plummet in foure fatham water to goe to the Elue. for the shoaldes called white ground are but thrée or foure fatham déepe The flood sets into this Channell or course by the Red sand southeast. and the eb contrariwise from the buy at the head of the shoald, to the buy that lieth in the maine Channell or way south-east and south-east and by south. And in the same way lieth also an other buy, and the course from the true deepth to the buy called Nolletton is south east somewhat more easterly: and this buy lieth at the ende of the high way called the Hoogs wegh. And from thence to the buy in Bolsserfile south-east a little more southerly, from thence to the wicker marke called the Bolbaecken, south south-east, which being past you shal finde an other Beakon, where you haue good harborough for a west winde. From the marke called Bolbaecken to the buy in the open Channell set south-east more easterly, or from the other sayd marke east south-east, and south-east and by east. That buy lieth north north-east of Longworde Church. And the Boelbaecken beareth northward of the same Church your course from the first buy of this shoald to the next, lieth east south-east, & south-east and by east, and it is at the end or foote of Cappelmans sand, you may passe on the west side of it in two fa. & a half at halfe flood. Betwéene these buyes are two or thre Beakons which you must leaue on the larboord, you may saile from the innermost buy of the shoald by Cappelmans sand, toward Waddens south-east and south south-east, then a­longst the west shoare to Blixen, where is the Roade for ships that goe out. But if you goe to the Wester Weser called Iaa, hold on towards the Island Wrangeroghe in foure or fiue fatham water, and saile in eastward till you are past the said Island, where you haue the first buy at the point of Steenbalge shoald, which you may saile in by at thrée or foure fatham water, where also Mensser Church standeth south from you, from thence set east south-east to the second and third buyes: east and by south from thence lieth a buy called Iaa tunne: from hence you may almost perceiue an other buy in Weeser Channell, north and north and by east. From the buy vppon the shoalde called Mensser-olde-ort, to Scollich-ort or Huick-syll, kéepe south and south and by west: but from Huick-syll, alongst the west shoare, south and south and by east: and from Huick-syll to Sypkes sand east south-east and south-east and by south, you may saile by the shoald of Sypkessand but holde alongst the east shoare till you come to the passage, then turne westward and let fall anker: it is there large and wide, and full of little Islands inwards. The worst depth of the Iaa is of thrée fatham. But if you will into Harle déepe, set towards the Island Spickerooges in thrée or foure fatham where you shall enter eastward, and there you haue the outmost buy, from whence you may goe to the next, east, and east and by south: where at halfe floode is two fatham depth: and a little after you are past this other buy, there lieth a shoalde which you may passe by on both sides, and your course then lieth south south-west, and otherwhile more southerly to Fouksyle. There lieth out from the west point of y e Islande Spikerooghe a Riffe, saile in on the southside of that Riffe, at the entry called Ossebalche alongst the Island called Langerooche in thrée or foure fatham, but in the very enttry within the ryffe you haue onely two fatham water, but when you are come to the farthest part of the Isle Langerooche beare towards the riffe, for betwéene that and the shoald is 7. or 8. fatham water. when you are cleere off the should, hold on south-east, then towards the Wester Wadt more east, and south south-east. The enter course and traffique of these Coastes and Hauens is of many sundry kindes of merchandises, as Sope Ashes, wheate, Rie and Barlie. They yéelde also salt and dry: Mydes, sawed Boards, Timber, Pitch, Tarre, Hamborough Beare, Tallow &c. And many other commodities. But the chéefest and principall Marte of these Con­tries is Hamboroughe.

A DESCRIPTION OF THE Sea coastes of Eyder Ditmerstet a part of Jeuer­land with the Riuers of Wese, Elue Eyder, Heuer, and other entrees sandes and shoaldes, lienge alongest thes sea coaste of Germany.

A MOST EXACT DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTS OF FRISELAND, WITH the riuers of Weser and Emes, and of Scholbalch.

IF you will sayle into the Weser, shape your course towardes the Isle of VVrangerough in 9. fatham: but take heede of the wester VVeser, which goeth in neere the Island of VVrangerough. From hence holde on Northeast vntill you come to the first Buy, and then will Menset beare South South­east from you. Menser church that standeth in Vrovv land, is square and hath no steeple: your right course from the first Buy to the fift lieth for the moste part East and East and by North. And when you are come to the fift Buy Menser will stand to your sight South Southwest. Then goe South southeast to the Buy that lieth vpon the Maller: and from thence to the Buy in the channell Southeast: and so for­ward to the Buy that lyeth in Bolsersyle, Southeast and by south: and being past it, conde to­wardes the South coast, where you haue two beacons, and safe harborough for a west wind. And you may turne ouer into the riuer of Iad, by the poynt of the red sand: for there lyeth a Buy betweene the faire way and the red sand.

If you will sayle into East Eames, it stretcheth in alongest by Borckomfriff, East Southeast: wherefore if you come from the East, bring the Tower of Borckom South and by East from you, and goe in towardes Borckoms shoare in 4. or 5. fatham: then hale so alongest the shore till the tower be South southwest from you. Then turne vp towards Iayst, for you are cleere of the Riff, so that you cannot strike vpon the same. And when you are past the East end of borckom called Hooghen horne, you finde high sandes on both sides: and on the west side stand bea­cons where you may sayle in from beacon to beacon: for so long as Norden Tower and the Island come not together, you incurre no danger in the East Eams: but when that Tower is one with the Isle of bant, you meete with a bancke or shoald called Kings-platt: wherefore keepe alongst the west shoare from beacon to beacon to Pelsommer shoald and you shall go safe.

But if you will beare in with the wester Emes, bring the Island called the Bosch south and by East, and the west ende of Rottom Southeast from you & the shoare marks in one, & sayle in so to the first Buy where it is 6. fatham deepe: from thence to the second Buy East, and East and by North which lieth at low water in 4. fatham: and so forward to the third Buy Eastward where you haue at low water 5. fatham: and from thence holde on to the other two Buyes East and by South, where it is 6. fatham deepe, and sometime more, as 7. or 8. fatham: vntill you come vnto Hubets shoald: and keepe then most alongst by the Riff to Borc­kom East southeast: from borckom vnto the Ranzeel South East and by East: and from Ranzeel to the Buy that lieth vpō the shoald called Ruyd, East Southeast. On the west side of it stand 3. beacons: from that Buy towardes Eamshorne set East Southeast where are two beacons betwixt: but when you are past Emes-horne, hold on sometimes Southeast, South southeast, South, and at last South south west, towards Groninger land thorow the straights, where also vpon the west shoare you haue three beacons: & from thence hale alongst neere the coasts of Groninger, southeast, and East southeast, that you may goe cleere of the shoald called Paep: which lieth opposit to Delfsyll, and appeareth aboue water at a low ebbe. And when you haue gotten Fermsum, crosse ouer towardes Knock least you strike on the shoald called Riddersant. And then must you keep alongst the coast of Eamden two cables length off to Loegen. By Knock is the road for ships that go out. But if you will saile into Scholbalch, you find two Buyes in the very entrie which stretcheth inwardes by the shoald called Peerdemart. Bring the shoare markes of the Island Schirmonick-ooghe in one, and sayle alongst the sayd shoald from the first Buy to the second, vntill you are hard abord Schirmenick-oogh. Then enter in South southwest and turne vp southward, and at the last south southeast to the banck. And so run thorow the channell toward Groningh southeast, and towardes Dockum south.

There lieth also an entrie on the Eastside, which stretcheth in southwest alongest the Island schirmonicke-ooghe, vntill you are past the beacons of scholbalch. And by the schelling runneth in boren diep, where you haue 3. or 4. fatham water: fayle in leauing Boren Riff on your Lar­bord, for the most part East, and East southeast to the coast of Ameland.

The traffique of these countries is not very great: some corne is transported from the VVeser and good store of bremer beere, crooked wood, and like things out of Oudenburgh, where Breme is the chiefest tower. The greatest entercourse by sea is at Emden: but such aboundance of Butter, Cheese Bacon, Barley, Beanes, Pease and such like merchandise is transported from Gronighe, and Frisland, as sufficeth for the substance almost of all the low countries and Germaine, to the great benefit and commoditie of the inhabitantes.

A DESCRIPTION OF the Sea [...]coastes of East Frys­land with all their bankes Sandes and bekons

This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Text Creation Partnership. Searching, reading, printing, or downloading EEBO-TCP texts is reserved for the authorized users of these project partner institutions. Permission must be granted for subsequent distribution, in print or electronically, of this EEBO-TCP Phase II text, in whole or in part.